buildings 400, 800 & 1400 lighting replacement · 2019-02-20 · a. project implementation i....

Buildings 400, 800 & 1400 Lighting Replacement 12/11/18

Buildings 400, 800 & 1400 Lighting Replacement

Fullerton College 321 East Chapman Avenue

Fullerton, CA 92832

December 11, 2018


Table of Contents

1. Introduction 2. Scope of Work 3. Work Hours 4. Closeout 5. Bid Alternates 6. Schedule

Drawings :

Buildings 400, 800 & 1400 Lighting Replacement, January 10, 2019

Attachments:

A. Fixture Specifications B. Specification sections 260010, 260060, 260061, 260526, 260533, 260553, 260923, 262726,

265100 C. Final Completion Certification D. Final Completion Sign-off List E. Certification by Contractor Regarding Insurance Renewal F. Certification by Contractor Regarding Payroll Paid G. Sample Certificate of Insurance H. Sample Consent of Surety Final Payment I. Guarantee J. Contractor Guidelines K. FORM B PROPOSITION - P39 FUNDING APPLICATION L. FORM J – PROPOSITION 39 JOB CREATION TRACKING FORM


1. INTRODUCTION

It is the goal of Fullerton College (Campus) to increase the energy efficiency of selected building lighting and to reduce system maintenance costs at the Campus. This LED Conversion Project will be implemented through the use of utility incentive/rebate programs in conjunction with Prop 39 funding. The LED Conversion Project includes the replacing of luminaires in buildings 400, 800, and 1400.

2. SCOPE OF WORK

A. Project Implementation

i. Installation of Campus provided LED fixtures and retrofit kits within selected buildings as part of the Prop 39 program, as per drawings titled “Buildings 400, 800 & 1400 Lighting Replacement”, dated January 10, 2019. This work includes providing product documentation, installation costs and other information to the Campus to aid in the submittal process for Prop 39 funding, as well as utility company rebates.

ii. Contractor shall provide all equipment, hardware and accessories required for complete and operable systems, installed in a quality workman-like manner. Contractor shall not store removed material for more than a week, and shall not interfere with Campus operations or instructional program.

iii. Contractor shall field verify luminaire locations, types, fixtures, and quantities to prior to commencement of work.

iv. Contractor shall manage staging of materials on the campus, and shall prepare and manage proper waste disposal facilities. Removed materials including lamps and ballasts shall be disposed of or recycled properly by contractor in accordance with local codes and ordinances or Fullerton College requirements. Some materials may be salvaged and returned to the Campus Representative, and shall be coordinated with the college prior to commencement of work.

v. Contractor shall meet with designated campus representative on a weekly basis to review documented work progress, work safety, public safety, and waste handling.

vi. Post-Installation Requirements a) Provide training for Campus staff in regards to routine operation, maintenance and adjusting

of controls and luminaires. b) Turn over spare equipment and devices. c) Produce as-built documentation. d) Provide project documentation and other information (including validation of project

installation costs, cut sheets, etc.) to assist the Campus in the preparation of all necessary Prop 39 funding applications and utility company rebate applications.


e) Contractor will complete DSA Form 7, Application for Project Exemption and Proposition 39 Job Creation Tracking Report form.

3. Work Hours a. Work hours while school is in session shall be from 10:00 PM to 6:30 AM Monday through

Thursday, 5:30 PM to 2:00AM on Friday. Weekend and school holiday hours will be subject to approval by campus. Exceptions may be made based on staff work hours and event schedules, also subject to approval by campus. Work areas shall be reviewed with and approved by campus prior to work commencing.

1) Night classes are in session until 11:00 P.M., selected classes may go until 12:00 A.M.

Contractor cannot block, impede, enter or interfere with classrooms, offices or classroom and office access or egress and shall avoid all work that may do so until night classes are complete and have been vacated.

2) When school is not in session, work hours may be altered, subject to approval by campus.

4. Closeout All closeout documents shall be completed by contractor and submitted with or prior to submission of final pay application.

5. Bid Alternates The project includes two deductive bid alternates. Either alternate, or both alternates may be selected. The bid alternates are as follows:

Alternate #1

The installation of the fixtures listed on Drawing E4.7 removed from the scope of this project. The existing fixtures are to remain as is.

Alternate #2

The installation of the fixtures listed on Drawing E4.8 removed from the scope of this project. The existing fixtures are to remain as is.

Because of the potential selection of these alternates, delivery of the 1400 building fixtures and retrofits will be delayed, and may not arrive until the midpoint of the project, or May 10, 2018, whichever is later, if any or all 1400 building luminaires remain part of this project. Contractor shall


plan project accordingly in order to complete project within project time frame, which shall include completion of work in buildings 400 and 800 prior to the delivery of the replacement fixtures and retrofit kits for the 1400 building, in the event the District includes any or all of the 1400 building as part of the final scope of work.

6. Schedule

Project duration is 60 days. Tentative start date is April 1, 2019, however project may start before or after April 1, 2019, depending project award and contract execution, fixture delivery or other factors.

Notes:

Type:Submitted by GonLED Catalog Number:Job Name:

2BLTR Series LED Relight

2BLTR2' x 4' Relight

LED

LED 2BLTR2X4

Catalog

Number

Notes

Type

FEATURES & SPECIFICATIONSINTENDED USE —The BLTR Best-Value Low Profile LED Relight Assembly is a cost effective solution for renovating existing fluorescent troffer and parabolic fixtures while providing upgraded aesthetics and outstanding performance. The BLTR’s popular center basket design offers a clean, versatile style, and volumetric distribution. The wide range of lumen packages and control and driver options make the BLTR a great choice for many applications including offices, schools, hospitals, retail spaces and other general lighting applications.

CONSTRUCTION — Universal end brackets are constructed of 22-gauge powder-painted steel and are secured to the host fixture with provided TEKS™ screws. The driver and light engine assembly is integrated in the BTLR door assembly making this an extremely “simple”, time saving, relight solution. The door frame and reflector assembly is a made of cold-rolled steel and is painted after fabrication with a matte white powder paint for improved aesthetics and increased light diffusion. Diffuser trim rings provide an attractive mounting for integral sensors as well as adding a decorative element to the luminaire aesthetics.

LED boards and driver are accessible from below.

OPTICS — Volumetric illumination is achieved by creating an optimal mix of light to walls, partitions and vertical and horizontal work surfaces – rendering the interior space, objects and occupants in a more balanced, complimentary luminous environment. High performance extruded acrylic diffusers conceal LEDs and efficiently deliver light in a volumetric distribution. Four diffuser choices available - curved and square designs with linear prisms or a smooth frosted finish.

ELECTRICAL — Long-life LEDs, coupled with high-efficiency drivers, provide superior quantity and quality of illumination for extended service life. 80% LED lumen maintenance at 60,000 hours (L80/60,000).

Non-Configurable BLTR Relight: Generic 0-10 volt dimming driver. Dims to 10%

Configurable BLTR Relight: available in High Efficiency (HE) versions for applications where a lower wattage (over the standard product) is required. High Efficiency versions deliver >130 LPW and can be specified via the Lumen Package designations in the Ordering Information below.

eldoLED driver options deliver choice of dimming range, and choices for control, while assuring flicker-free, low-current inrush, 89% efficiency and low EMI.

Step-level dimming option allows system to be switched to 50% power for complaince with common energy codes while maintaining fixture appearance.

Optional integrated nLight®controls make each luminaire addressable - allowing it to digitally communicate with other nLight enabled controls such as dimmers, switches, nLight AIR RIO, RES7 occupancy sensors and photo controls. Simply connect all the nLight enabled control devices and the BLTR Relight assembly using standard Cat-5 cabling. Unique plug-and-play convenience as devices and luminaires automatically discover each other and self-commission. Lumen Management: Unique lumen management system (option N80) provides on board intelligence that actively manages the LED light source so that constant lumen output is maintained over the system life, preventing the energy waste created by the traditional practice of over-lighting. Driver disconnect provided where required to comply with US and Canadian codes.

SENSOR— Integrated sensor (individual control): Sensor Switch MSD7ADCX ((Passive infrared (PIR)) or MSDPDT7ADCX ((PIR/Microphonics Dual Tech (PDT)) integrated occupancy sensor/automatic dimming photocell allows the luminaire to power off when the space is unoccupied or enough ambient light is entering the space. See page 4 for more details on the integrated sensor.

Integrated Sensor (nLight Wired Networking): This sensor is nLight-enabled, meaning it has the ability to communicate over an nLight network. When wired, using CAT-5 cabling, with other nLight-enabled sensors, power packs, or WallPods, an nLight control zone is created. Once linked to a Gateway, directly or via a Bridge, the zone becomes capable of remote status monitoring and control via SensorView software. See page 4 for the nLight sensor options.

Integrated Smart Sensor (nLight Air Wireless Platform): The rES7 sensor is nLight AIR enabled, meaning it has the ability to communicate over the wireless nLight control platform. It is available with an automatic dimming photocell, and either a digital PIR or microphonics (PDT) dual technology occupancy sensor. It pairs to other luminaires and wall switches through our mobile app, CLAIRITY™, which allows for simple sensor adjustment. See page 4 for more details on the Integrated Smart Sensor.

INSTALLATION — After existing fluorescent components are removed from the host housing, universal end brackets are secured in place with TEKS™ screws. The BLTR’s integrated driver and light engine door assembly can then be hinged to the universal end brackets and will hang in place for completion of assembly plug-in wiring. Rotate the doorframe assembly closed and pivot the cam latches to secure the doorframe in place. LED boards include plug-in connectors for easy replacement or servicing. Suitable for damp location installations. Damp location not available with sensor versions.

LISTINGS — UL/cUL Listed for use in fluorescent light fixtures. Installing Relight assemblies per instructions will not impact existing fixture UL listing. Tested to LM80 standards. DesignLights Consortium® (DLC) Premium qualified product. Not all versions of this product may be DLC Premium qualified. Please check the DLC Qualified Products List at www.designlights.org/QPL to confirm which versions are qualified.

WARRANTY — 5-year limited warranty. Complete warranty terms located at: www.acuitybrands.com/CustomerResources/Terms_and_conditions.aspx

NOTE: Actual performance may differ as a result of end-user environment and application.

All values are design or typical values, measured under laboratory conditions at 25 °C.

Specifications subject to change without notice.

0.75

12.0

21.1

3.0

24.0

Capable LuminaireThis item is an A+ capable luminaire, which has been designed and tested to

provide consistent color appearance and out-of-the-box control compatibility with

simple commissioning.

• All configurations of this luminaire meet the Acuity Brands’ specification for

chromatic consistency

• This luminaire is part of an A+ Certified solution for nLight® control networks

when ordered with drivers marked by a shaded background*

• This luminaire is part of an A+ Certified solution for nLight control networks,

providing advanced control functionality at the luminaire level, when selection

includes driver and control options marked by a shaded background*

To learn more about A+, visit www.acuitybrands.com/aplus.

*See ordering tree for details

SIDE SECTION

46.2

46.7

Fit Compatibility: The 2BLT4R Relight Assembly was designed to upgrade recessed 2x4 fixtures, including most parabolic and lensed troffers from all major manufacturers. Dimensional requirements are below, but Lithonia Lighting recommends a trial installation prior to purchasing project quantities.

2BLT4R 40L ADSM GZ10 LP840FULLERTON COLLEGE YR 6 PO# P0129866 A1

llara

Polygon

Notes:


2BLTR2X4

LED: One Lithonia Way Conyers, GA 30012 Phone: 800-858-7763 www.lithonia.com © 2016-2018 Acuity Brands Lighting, Inc. All rights reserved. Rev. 12/04/18

2BLT4R Volumetric Recessed Lighting 2'x4' Relight

Notes

1 Consult factory for airflow data.

2 Approximate lumen output.

3 All versions may not achieve 130+ LPW. Refer to photometry on www.acuitybrands.com.

4 Not available with EL7L or EL14L battery packs.

5 GZ1, GZ10 not available with any Control or Sensor options.

6 Not available with N80, N80EMG, N100, N100EMG, NLTAIR2, or occupancy control.

7 nLight EMG option requires a connection to existing nLight network. Power is provided from a separate N80 or N100 enabled

fixture.

8 Must order with RES7, RES7PDT, or RIO sensor. Only available with EZ1 driver. Not available with 72L, 72LHE, or 85LHE options.

9 Must specify diffuser with trims rings. See sensor options on page 4.

10 Requires N80, N80EMG, N100, or N100EMG.

11 Only available with EZ1 driver option. 0-10v dimming wires not accessible via access plate. Not available with Controls options.

12 Requires BSE labeling. Consult factory for options.

13 Must specify voltage, 120 or 277 with GLR & GMF fusing.

14 GZ1 driver not available with battery pack when specifying 72LHE or 85LHE lumen options. Must use EZ1 driver.

ORDERING INFORMATION Lead times will vary depending on options selected. Consult with your sales representative. Example: 2BLT4R 40L ADP EZ1 LP840

2BLT4R

Series Air Function Lumens2 Diffuser Voltage Driver Color temperature

2BLT4R 2X4 BLTR (blank) Static (white end brackets for troffers)

A Air supply/return or to maintain black reveal (black end brackets for parabolics)1

F Flanged Brackets

Standard efficiency (>100 LPW)

30L 3000

40L 4000

48L 4800

60L 6000

72L 7200

High efficiency (>130 LPW)

30LHE 3000

40LHE 4000

48LHE 4800

60LHE 6000

72LHE 7200

85LHE 8500

ADP Curved, linear prisms

ADSM Curved, smooth

SDP Square, linear prisms

SDSM Square, smooth

Diffusers w/ trim rings

ADPT Curved, linear prisms

ADSMT Curved, smooth

SDPT Square, linear prisms

SDSMT Square, smooth

(blank) MVOLT

120 120V

277 277V

347 347V4

EZ1 eldoLED dims to 1% (0-10 volt dimming)

GZ1 Dims to 1% (0-10V dimming)⁵

GZ10 Dims to 10% (0-10V dimming) 5

SLD Step-level dimming6

EOHN On/Off (non-dim)

LP830 82CRI, 3000 K

LP835 82CRI, 3500 K

LP840 82CRI, 4000 K

LP850 82CRI, 5000 K

LP930 90CRI, 3000K

LP935 90CRI, 3500K

LP940 90CRI, 4000K

LP950 90CRI, 5000K

nLight Interface Control 9 Options

nLight Wired

(blank) no nLight ® interface

N80 nLight with 80% lumen management

N80EMG nLight with 80% lumen management For use with generator supply EM power 7

N100 nLight without lumen management

N100EMG nLight without lumen management For use with generator supply EM power 7

nLight Wireless


NLTAIR2 nLight AIR Generation 2 enabled 8

nLight Wired

(blank) No sensor control

NES7 nLight™ nES 7 PIR integral occupancy sensor 10

NESPDT7 nLight™ nES PDT 7 dual technology integral occupancy control 10

NES7ADCX nLight™ nES 7 ADCX PIR integral occupancy sensor with automatic dimming photocell 10

NESPDT7ADCX nLight™ nES PDT 7 dual technology integral occupancy sensor with automatic dimming photocell 10

nLight Wireless

RES7 nLight AIR PIR integral occupancy sensor with automatic dimming photocell for Networking Capabilities Individual Control

RES7PDT nLight AIR microphonics dual technology occupancy sensor with automatic dimming photocell for Zone Control

RIO nLight AIR radio module without sensor

Individual Control

MSD7ADCX PIR integral occupancy sensor with automatic dimming control photocell 11

MSDPDT7ADCX PDT integral occupancy sensor with automatic dimming control photocell 11

EL7L 700 lumen battery pack (non-CEC compliant)14

EL14L 1400 lumen battery pack (non-CEC compliant14

E10WLCP EM Self-Diagnostic battery pack, 10W Constant Power, (CEC compliant)14

BGTD Bodine Generator Transfer Device12

GLR Fast-blowing fuse13

GMF Slow-blowing fuse13

NPLT Narrow pallet

FAO Field adjustable output15

USPOM US Point of Manufacture

JP16 Job Pack

Accessories next page

Multiple Diffuser Options

Square Ribbed Square Smooth

Curved Ribbed

ADP ADSM

SDP SDSM

Curved Smooth

A+ Capable options indicated

by this color background.

Non-Configurable BLT

Stock Catalog Description* UPC Lumens Wattage LPW Color Temperature Voltage Pallet Qty

Stock 2BLT4R 40L ADP LP835 190887550948 3945 34 116 3500K/82 CRI 120-277 26

2BLT4R 40L ADP LP840 190887550979 4032 34 118 4000K/82 CRI 120-277 26

2BLT4R 46L ADP LP835 190887550993 4520 38 118 3500K/82 CRI 120-277 26

2BLT4R 46L ADP LP840 190887551006 4620 38 120 4000K/82 CRI 120-277 26

* Dims to 10%


2BLT4R 2X4 BLTR (blank) Static (whiteend bracketsfor troffers)

40L 4000

ADSM Curved, smooth

(blank) MVOLT


LP840 82CRI, 4000 K

llara

Polygon

Notes:


2BLTR2X4



nLight® AIR Control Accessories: Order as separate catalog number. Visit www.acuitybrands.com/products/controls/nlightair.

Wall switches Model number

On/Off single pole rPODB [color] G2

On/Off two pole rPODB 2P [color] G2

On/Off & raise/lower single pole rPODB DX [color] G2

On/Off & raise/lower two pole rPODB 2P DX [color] G2

On/Off & raise/lower single pole rPODBZ DX WH G2

Application Guide2BLT4R — Typically used for lensed troffer installations. Assembly contains white end brackets and is supplied with white trim strips for use in closing gaps down fixture sides (installer's choice - not required).

*Note: This kit will fit in Lithonia's Avante non-air fixture.

2BLT4R A — Typically used for parabolic installations with black reveal. Assembly contains black end brackets to match black reveal around host housing. Does not interfere with host housing air supply/return if present (along fixture sides).

Notes

1 RCMS requires low voltage power from either RPP20 DS 24V G2 or PS150.

rCMS1 Example: RCMS PDT 10 AR G2

Series / Detection Power Supply1 Occupancy Detection Lens (Required) Operating Mode Generation

RCMS nLight AIR occupancy and daylight sensor

[blank] Power Supply ordered separately

PS 150 Standard 150 mA Power Supply

[blank] PIR DetectionPDT2 Dual Tech PIR/

Microphonics

10 Large Motion/ Extended Range 360°

9 Small Motion/ Extended Range 360°

6 High Bay 360° Lens

[BLANK] NoneAR Auxiliary

Relay

G2 Generation 2 compatibility


llara

Polygon

Notes:


2BLTR2X4



Replacement Parts: Order as separate catalog number.

DBLTR48 ADP LENS ASSEMBLY 4 ft. replacement lens (trims included)

DBLTR48 SDP LENS ASSEMBLY 4 ft. replacement lens (trims included)

DBLTR48 ADSM LENS ASSEMBLY 4 ft. replacement lens (trims included)

DBLTR48 SDSM LENS ASSEMBLY 4 ft. replacement lens (trims included)

DBLTR48 ADPT LENS ASSEMBLY 4 ft. replacement lens (trims included)

DBLTR48 SDPT LENS ASSEMBLY 4 ft. replacement lens (trims included)

DBLTR48 ADSMT LENS ASSEMBLY 4 ft. replacement lens (trims included)

DBLTR48 SDSMT LENS ASSEMBLY 4 ft. replacement lens (trims included)

DBLTR48 ADPT SENSOR LENS ASSEMBLY 4 ft. replacement lens (trims included)

DBLTR48 SDPT SENSOR LENS ASSEMBLY 4 ft. replacement lens (trims included)

DBLTR48 ADSMT SENSOR LENS ASSEMBLY 4 ft. replacement lens (trims included)

DBLTR48 SDSMT SENSOR LENS ASSEMBLY 4 ft. replacement lens (trims included)

U10528A 4 ft. replacement troffer trim strip

0-10 Voltage Dimmer

% Lumen Output (approximate)

% Wattage (approximate)

Step 8 Full Output 100% 100%

Step 7 9.0 VDC 98% 100%

Step 6 8.0 VDC 88% 86%

Step 5 7.0 VDC 86% 82%

Step 4 6.0 VDC 82% 80%

Step 3 5.0 VDC 76% 75%

Step 2 4.0 VDC 71% 72%

Step 1 3.0 VDC 67% 71%

FAO SETTINGS (Field Adjustable Output)

Simple adjustment of output through the use of a flat head screwdriver.


llara

Polygon

Notes:


2BLTR2X4



Integrated Sensor with Individual Control

The MSD7ADCX PIR occupancy sensor/automatic dimming photocell is ideal for areas without obstructions and where daylight harvesting may be desired. Suggested applications include, but not limited to, hallways, corridors, storage rooms, and breakrooms or other areas where people are typically moving.

The MSDPDT7ADCX PIR/Microphonics Dual Tech occupancy sensor/automatic dimming photocell is ideal for areas with obstructions and where daylight harvesting is desired. Suggested applications include, but not limited to, open offices, private offices, classrooms, public restrooms, and conference rooms.

Sequence of Operation

MIN

LIG

HT

LEVE

LMAX

7.5 MINTIME DELAY

2.5 MIN ATA 1% LEVEL

LIGHTS ON LIGHTS OFF LIGHTS ON

Room Unoccupied

OccupantsDetected In The Space

Sensor Detects Motion

MOTION NO MOTION MOTION

5.5 184.6 153.7 122.7 91.8 60.9 30 m 0 ft0.9 31.8 62.7 93.7 124.6 155.5 18

9 FT Mounting

• Recommended for walking motion detection from mounting heights between 8 ft (2.44 m)

and 20 ft (6.10 m)

• Initial detection of walking motion along sensor axes at distances of 2x the mounting

height up to 15 ft (4.57 m) and

• 1.75x up to 20 ft (6.10 m).

• Provides 12 ft (3.66 m) radial detection of small motion when mounted at 9 ft (2.74 m)

• Initial detection will occur earlier when walking across sensor’s field of view than when

walking directly at sensor

Sensor Coverage Pattern

Mini 360° Lens

Basic nLight Zone

*The presetting on the automatic dimming photocell is 5fc.

nLight Wired Networking

The nES 7 is ideal for small rooms without obstructions or areas with primarily walking motion. Ideal areas include hallways, corridors, storage rooms, and breakrooms. Additionally, the NES7ADCX includes an integrated photocell, which enables daylight harvesting controls.

For areas like restrooms, private offices, open offices, conference rooms or any space with obstructions, the nES PDT 7 dual technology sensor is recommended. The nES PDT 7 utilizes both PIR (passive infrared) and Microphonics technologies to detect occupancy. Additionally, the NESPDT7ADCX includes an integrated photocell, which enables daylight harvesting controls which is ideal for areas where windows are present.

nLight AIR Wireless

nLight AIR is the ideal solution for retrofit or new construction spaces where adding additional wiring can be labor intensive and costly. nLight AIR is available with or without and integral sensor. The integrated rES 7 or rES7PDT smart sensor is part of each luminaire in the nLight AIR network, which can be grouped to control multiple luminaires. The granularity of control with the digital PIR occupancy detection and daylight sensing makes a great solution for any application.


MIN

LIG

HT

LEVE

L

MAX

17.5 MINTIME DELAY



Room Unoccupied





H N H N H N

nLight AIR rPODB 2P DX Mobile Device

BLT Series

1. Install the nLight® AIR fixtures with embedded smart sensor

2. Install the wireless battery-powered wall switch

3. With CLAIRITY app, pair the fixtures with the wall switch and if desired, customize the sensor settings for the desired outcome

Simple as 1,2,3

Sensor Options

OptionAutomatic

Dimming Photocell

Occupancy Sensing nLight Wired Networking

nLight AIR NetworkingPIR PDT

MSD7ADCX X X

MSDPDT7ADCX X X

NES7 X X

NES7ADCX X X X

NESPDT7 X X

NESPDT7ADCX X X X

RES7 X X X

RESPDT7 X X X X


llara

Polygon

Notes:


2BLTR2X4



PHOTOMETRICS

Performance Data

Lumen Package Lumens Input Watts LPW

30L ADP LP830 2832 23 125

30L ADP LP835 2932 23 129

30L ADP LP840 2979 23 131

30L ADP LP850 3064 23 135

40L ADP LP830 3825 31 123

40L ADP LP835 3960 31 128

40L ADP LP840 4023 31 130

40L ADP LP850 4138 31 134

48L ADP LP830 4743 38 126

48L ADP LP835 4910 38 130

48L ADP LP840 4989 38 133

48L ADP LP850 5131 38 136

60L ADP LP830 5753 46 124

60L ADP LP835 5956 46 128

60L ADP LP840 6051 46 130

60L ADP LP850 6224 46 134

72L ADP LP830 6928 59 118

72L ADP LP835 7173 59 122

72L ADP LP840 7287 59 124

72L ADP LP850 7495 59 128

2BLT4R 40L ADP LP835, 3945 delivered lumens, test no. LTL28918P417, tested in accordance to IESNA LM-79


0° 20°

40°

60°

80°

90°

0°0°0° 90°

180°

200

400

600

800

1000

1200

Coefficients of Utilizationpf 20%pc 80% 70% 50%pw 70%50%30% 50%30%10% 50%30%10%

119108988981756964595652

119103897869615550464239

11998826960524641373431

116100877667605449454138

11696806859524641373330

11692756252453935312825

11196837365585248444037

11192786657504540363330

11189736152443934312825

RC

R

0123456789

10

Zonal Lumen SummaryZone Lumens % Lamp % Fixture0° - 30°0° - 40°0° - 60°0° - 90°90° - 180°0° - 180°

1037168629703947

03947

26.342.775.3

100.00.0

100.0

26.342.775.3

100.00.0

100.0

CP Summary0° 90

0°5°15°25°35°45°55°65°75°85°90

1356133012691147984795599407216546

135613611309121210859387776094371792

0° 20°

40°

60°

80°

90°

0°0°0° 90°

180°

300

600

900

1200

1500

1800


119108988981756964595652

119103897869615550464239

11998826960524641373431

116100877667605449454138

11696806859524641373330

11692756252453935312825

11196837365585248444037

11192786657504540363330

11189736152443934312825

RC

R

0123456789

10


1346218838565123

05123

26.342.775.3

100.00.0

100.0

26.342.775.3

100.00.0

100.0

CP Summary0° 90

0°5°15°25°35°45°55°65°75°85°90

176017261647149012771033778528280708

17601767169915741409121710087915672323

HE Performance Data


30LHE ADP LP830 2971 22 133

30LHE ADP LP835 3076 22 138

30LHE ADP LP840 3125 22 140

30LHE ADP LP850 3214 22 144

40LHE ADP LP830 3906 29 134

40LHE ADP LP835 4044 29 138

40LHE ADP LP840 4109 29 141

40LHE ADP LP850 4226 29 145

48LHE ADP LP830 4561 34 135

48LHE ADP LP835 4722 34 139

48LHE ADP LP840 4798 34 142

48LHE ADP LP850 4935 34 146

60LHE ADP LP830 5636 43 132

60LHE ADP LP835 5835 43 137

60LHE ADP LP840 5928 43 139

60LHE ADP LP850 6098 43 143

72LHE ADP LP830 6836 52 132

72LHE ADP LP835 7078 52 137

72LHE ADP LP840 7191 52 139

72LHE ADP LP850 7396 52 143

85LHE ADP LP830 7801 61 127

85LHE ADP LP835 8076 61 131

85LHE ADP LP840 8205 61 133

85LHE ADP LP850 8440 61 137


llara

Polygon

Notes:




LED

LED 2BLTR2X4

Catalog

Number

Notes

Type




















0.75

12.0

21.1

3.0

24.0













SIDE SECTION

46.2

46.7


2BLT4R 40L ADSM GZ10 LP840 E10WLCP A1EFULLERTON COLLEGE YR 6

PO# P0129866

llara

Polygon

Notes:


2BLTR2X4



Notes








fixture.









2BLT4R




F Flanged Brackets


30L 3000

40L 4000

48L 4800

60L 6000

72L 7200


30LHE 3000

40LHE 4000

48LHE 4800

60LHE 6000

72LHE 7200

85LHE 8500


ADSM Curved, smooth


SDSM Square, smooth






(blank) MVOLT

120 120V

277 277V

347 347V4






LP830 82CRI, 3000 K

LP835 82CRI, 3500 K

LP840 82CRI, 4000 K

LP850 82CRI, 5000 K

LP930 90CRI, 3000K

LP935 90CRI, 3500K

LP940 90CRI, 4000K

LP950 90CRI, 5000K


nLight Wired






nLight Wireless



nLight Wired






nLight Wireless




Individual Control









NPLT Narrow pallet



JP16 Job Pack




Curved Ribbed

ADP ADSM

SDP SDSM

Curved Smooth






2BLT4R 40L ADP LP840 190887550979 4032 34 118 4000K/82 CRI 120-277 26

2BLT4R 46L ADP LP835 190887550993 4520 38 118 3500K/82 CRI 120-277 26

2BLT4R 46L ADP LP840 190887551006 4620 38 120 4000K/82 CRI 120-277 26

* Dims to 10%

2BLT4R 40L ADSM GZ10 LP840 E10WLCP A1E


40L 4000

ADSM Curved, smooth

(blank) MVOLT


LP840 82CRI, 4000 K

FULLERTON COLLEGE YR 6 PO# P0129866

E10WLCP EM Self-Diagnostic batteryg ypack, 10W Constant Power, (CECpcompliant))14

llara

Polygon

Notes:


BLT Series LED

2BLT4 2' x 4'

LED

LED 2BLT2X4

Catalog

Number

Notes

TypeFEATURES & SPECIFICATIONSINTENDED USE —The BLT Best-in-Value Low Profile LED luminaire features a popular center basket design that offers a clean, versatile style and volumetric distribution. High efficacy LED light engines deliver energy savings and low maintenance compared to traditional sources. An extensive selection of configurations and options make the BLT the perfect choice for many lighting applications including schools, offices and other commercial spaces, retail, hospitals and healthcare facilities. The low profile BLT design (2-3/8") also makes it an excellent choice for renovation projects.

CONSTRUCTION — BLT enclosure components are die-formed for dimensional consistency and painted after fabrication with a polyester powder paint for improved performance and protection.

The reflector is finished with a high reflective matte white powder paint for improved aesthetics and increased light diffusion.

End plates contain easy-to-position integral T-bar clips for securely attaching the luminaire to the T-grid. For additional T-grid security, optional screw on T-bar clips are available.

Diffusers are extruded from impact modified acrylic for increased durability.

LED boards and drivers are accessible from the plenum.


ELECTRICAL — Long-life LEDs, coupled with high-efficiency drivers, provide superior quantity and quality of illumination for extended service life. 80% LED lumen maintenance at 60,000 hours (L80/60,000). Color Variation within 3-step MacAdam ellipse (3SDCM).

Non-Configurable BLT: Generic 0-10 volt dimming driver. Dims to 10%

Configurable BLT: available in High Efficiency (HE) versions for applications where a lower wattage (over the standard product) is required. The High Efficiency versions deliver >130 LPW and can be specified via the Lumen Package designations in the Ordering Information below.


Optional integrated nLight®controls make each luminaire addressable - allowing it to digitally communicate with other nLight enabled controls such as dimmers, switches, occupancy sensors and photocontrols. Connection to nLight is simple. It can be accomplished with integrated nLight AIR wireless RIO, RES7 sensors, or through standard Cat-5 cabling. nLight offers unique plug-and-play convenience as devices and luminaires automatically discover each other and self-commission. nLight AIR is commissioned easily through an intutitive mobile app.

Lumen Management: Unique lumen management system (option N80) provides on board intelligence that actively manages the LED light source so that constant lumen output is maintained over the system life, preventing the energy waste created by the traditional practice of over-lighting.

Step-level dimming option allows system to be switched to 50% power for compliance with common energy codes while maintaining fixture appearance.

Driver disconnect provided where required to comply with US and Canadian codes.



Integrated Smart Sensor (nLight Air Wireless Platform): The RES7 sensor is nLight AIR enabled, meaning it has the ability to communicate over the wireless nLight control platform. It is available with an automatic dimming photocell, and either a digital PIR or a microphonics (PDT) dual technology occupancy sensor. It pairs to other luminairs and wall switches through our mobile app, CLAIRITY, which allows for simple sensor adjustment. See page 4 for more details on the Integrated Smart Sensor.

INSTALLATION — The BLT’s low profile design of only 2-3/8" provides increased installation flexibility especially in restrictive plenum applications. The BLT fits into standard 15/16" and narrow 9/16" T-grid ceiling systems.

Suitable for damp location.

For recessed mounting in hard ceiling applications, Drywall Grid Adapters (DGA) are available as an accessory. See Accessories section.

LISTINGS — CSA Certified to meet U.S. and Canadian standards. IC rated. DesignLights Consortium® (DLC) Premium qualified product. Not all versions of this product may be DLC Premium qualified. Please check the DLC Qualified Products List at www.designlights.org/QPL to confirm which versions are qualified.





Specifications

Length: 47-3/4 (121.2)

Width: 23-3/4 (60.3)

Depth: 2-3/8 (6.0)

Depth with Air supply/return: 2-3/4 (6.9)

All dimensions are inches (centimeters) unless otherwise specified.



Curved Ribbed

ADP ADSM

SDP SDSM

Curved Smooth













2BLT4 X ADSM GZ10 LP840 FULLERTON COLLEGE YR 6 PO# P0129866 A2

llara

Polygon

Notes:


2BLT Volumetric Recessed Lighting 2'x4'

ORDERING INFORMATION Lead times will vary depending on options selected. Consult with your sales representative. Example: 2BLT4 40L ADP EZ1 LP840

2BLT4

Series Air function Lumens2 Diffuser Voltage Driver Color temperature

2BLT4 2x4 BLT (blank) Static

A Air supply/return


30L 3000

40L 4000

48L 4800

60L 6000

72L 7200

85L 8500

100L 10000

120L 12000


30LHE 3000

40LHE 4000

48LHE 4800

60LHE 6000

72LHE 7200

85LHE 8500


ADSM Curved, smooth


SDSM Square, smooth

Includes trim rings to match sensored version





(blank) MVOLT

120 120V

277 277V

347 347V5





LP830 82CRI, 3000 K

LP835 82CRI, 3500 K

LP840 82CRI, 4000 K

LP850 82CRI, 5000 K

LP930 90CRI, 3000K

LP935 90CRI, 3500K

LP940 90CRI, 4000K

LP950 90CRI, 5000K


nLight Wired






nLight Wireless



nLight Wired






nLight Wireless

RES7 nLight AIR PIR integral occupancy sensor with automatic dimming photocell for Networking Capabilities

RES7PDT nLight AIR microphonics dual technology occupancy sensor with automatic dimming photocell


Individual Control



EL7L 700 lumen battery pack (non-CEC compliant) 13


EL14LSD 1400 lumen battery pack with self-diagnostic testing feature (non-CEC compliant) 13,14

E10WLCP EM Self-Diagnostic battery pack, 10W Constant Power, CEC compliant 13

CP Chicago plenum15


PWS1836 6’ pre-wire, 3/8” diameter, 18 gauge, 1 circuit


PWS1846 PWSLV Two cables: one 6' pre-wire, 3/8” diameter, 18 gauge, 2 circuits; one 6' pre-wire, 3/8” diameter, 18 gauge, purple and gray17

PWS1856LV 6’ pre-wire, 3/8” diameter, 18 gauge, 1 circuit w/low voltage purple and grey wires17



NPLT Narrow pallet

RRL_ RELOC®-ready luminaire19

LATC Earthquake clip

DWAM Anti-Microbial paint

JP16 Job packaging

IP5X Gasketed diffuser compartment to meet IP5X rating20


Notes



3 All versions may not achieve 130+ LPW. Refer to photometry on

www.acuitybrands.com.

4 Air supply/return option, 90 CRI, and versions with integral sensor trim

rings may not achieve 130 LPW.

5 Not available with SLD, EL7L, EL14L, or E10WLCP options.

6 GZ1 and GZ10 not available with any Control or Sensor options

7 Not available with N80, N80EMG, N100, N100EMG, NLTAIR, or occupancy

control.

8 nLight EMG option requires a connection to existing nLight network.

Power is provided from a separate N80 or N100 enabled fixture.

9 Must order with RES7, RES7PDT, or RIO module. Only available with EZ1

driver. Not available with 85L, 100L, or 120L options.

10 Must specify diffuser with trim rings. See sensor options on page 4.

11 Requires N80, N80EMG, N100, or N100EMG. Only available with EZ1

driver.

12 Only available with EZ1 driver option. 0-10v dimming wires not

accessible via access plate.

13 When using pre-wire option, use PWS1846 or PWS1846 PWSLV.

14 For more information, please see the PSSD2 specification sheet.

15 Not available with N80, N80EMG, N100, or N100EMG.

16 Must specify voltage. Requires BSE labeling, voltage specific. Consult

factory for options.

17 Not available with nLight wired/wireless network or individual controls.

18 Must specify voltage, 120 or 277, with GLR and GFM fusing.

19 For ordering logic consult RRL_2013.

20 Not available with air supply/return or Wired Networking (NES_) and

Individual Control (MSD_) sensors.

2BLT2X4






ADSM Curved, smooth

(blank) MVOLT

GZ10 Dims to 10% (0-10V

LP840 82CRI, 4000 K

llara

Polygon

Notes:



Accessories: Order as separate catalog number.

DGA24 Drywall grid adapter for 2x4 recessed fixture

2X4SMK Surface Mount Troffer Kit


*249P2N 2DBLT48 ADP LENS ASSEMBLY 4 ft. replacement lens

*249P2T 2DBLT48 SDP LENS ASSEMBLY 4 ft. replacement lens

*249P30 2DBLT48 ADSM LENS ASSEMBLY 4 ft. replacement lens

*249P33 2DBLT48 SDSM LENS ASSEMBLY 4 ft. replacement lens

*237LT2 2DBLT48 ADPT LENS ASSEMBLY 4 ft. replacement lens

*237LT4 2DBLT48 SDPT LENS ASSEMBLY 4 ft. replacement lens

*237LT6 2DBLT48 ADSMT LENS ASSEMBLY 4 ft. replacement lens

*237LT8 2DBLT48 SDSMT LENS ASSEMBLY 4 ft. replacement lens

*237LTA 2DBLT48 ADPT SENSOR LENS ASSEMBLY 4 ft. replacement lens

*237M52 2DBLT48 SDPT SENSOR LENS ASSEMBLY 4 ft. replacement lens

*237M5A 2DBLT48 ADSMT SENSOR LENS ASSEMBLY 4 ft. replacement lens

*237M5L 2DBLT48 SDSMT SENSOR LENS ASSEMBLY 4 ft. replacement lens

nLight® Wired Control Accessories: Order as separate catalog number. Visit www.acuitybrands.com/products/controls/nlight.

WallPod stations Model number Occupancy sensors Model number

On/Off nPODM [color] Small motion 360°, ceiling (PIR / dual tech) nCM 9 RJB / nCM PDT 9 RJB

On/Off & raise/lower nPODM DX [color] Large motion 360°, ceiling (PIR / dual tech) nCM10 RJB / nCM PDT 10 RJB

Graphic touchscreen nPOD GFX [color] Wall switch with raise/lower nWSX PDT LV DX [color]

Photocell controls Model number Cat-5 cable (plenum rated) Model number

Full range dimming nCM ADCX RJB 10' cable CAT5 10FT J1

30' cable CAT5 30FT J1









Stock/MTO Catalog Description * UPC Lumens Wattage LPW Color Temperature Voltage Pallet Qty

Stock 2BLT4 40L ADP LP835 00190887470789 4000 31 129 3500K/82 CRI 120-277 26

2BLT4 40L ADP LP840 00190887470765 4063 31 131 4000K/82CRI 120-277 26

2BLT4 48L ADP LP835 00190887468656 4960 38 131 3500K/82 CRI 120-277 26

2BLT4 48L ADP LP840 00190887468649 5039 38 133 4000K/82CRI 120-277 26

2BLT4 40L ADP EL14L LP835 00190887470925 4000 31 129 3500K/82 CRI 120-277 26




MTO 2BLT4 40L ADP 347 LP835 00193047562188 4000 31 129 3500K/82 CRI 347 26

2BLT4 40L ADP 347 LP840 00193047059183 4063 31 131 4000K/82CRI 347 26

2BLT4 48L ADP 347 LP835 00193047562225 4960 38 131 3500K/82 CRI 347 26

2BLT4 48L ADP 347 LP840 00193047686426 5039 38 133 4000K/82CRI 347 26

*Generic 0-10V Dimming to 10%.

2BLT2X4


Notes


rCMS Example: RCMS PDT 10 AR G2





[blank] PIR DetectionPDT Dual Tech PIR/

Microphonics





Relay


RCMS


llara

Polygon

Notes:







MIN

LIG

HT

LEVE

LMAX

7.5 MINTIME DELAY



Room Unoccupied




5.5 184.6 153.7 122.7 91.8 60.9 30 m 0 ft0.9 31.8 62.7 93.7 124.6 155.5 18

9 FT Mounting


and 20 ft (6.10 m)



• 1.75x up to 20 ft (6.10 m).





Mini 360° Lens

Basic nLight Zone





nLight AIR Wireless

nLight AIR is the ideal solution for retrofit or new construction spaces where adding additional wiring can be labor intensive and nLight AIR is available with or without an integral sensor. Integrated RES7 or RES7PDT smart sensors are part of each luminaire in the nLight AIR network, which can be grouped to control multiple luminaires. The granularity of control with the digital PIR occupancy detection and daylight sensing makes a great solution for any application.


MIN

LIG

HT

LEVE

L

MAX

17.5 MINTIME DELAY



Room Unoccupied





H N H N H N


BLT Series




Simple as 1,2,3

Sensor Options

OptionAutomatic

Dimming Photocell



MSD7ADCX X X

MSDPDT7ADCX X X

NES7 X X

NES7ADCX X X X

NESPDT7 X X

NESPDT7ADCX X X X

RES7 X X X

RESPDT7 X X X X

2BLT2X4



llara

Polygon

Notes:



PHOTOMETRICS

2BLT4 40L ADP LP835, 4000 delivered lumens, test no. ISF36900P109, tested in accordance to IESNA LM-79

2BLT4 48L ADP LP835, 4960 delivered lumens, test no. ISF 36900P117, tested in accordance to IESNA LM-79

0° 20°

40°

60°

80°

90°

0°0°0° 90°

180°

200

400

600

800

1000

1200


119108978881746863595552

119102887768615550454138

11997816959514540363330

116100867667605449444138

11696806858514540363330

11692746152443934302725

11196837264575247434037

11192776657504439363230

11189726051443834302725

RC

R

0123456789

10

Zonal Lumen SummaryZone Lumens % Lamp % Fixture0° - 30°0° - 40°0° - 60°0° - 90°90° - 120°90° - 130°90° - 150°90° - 180°0° - 180°

1024166929603998

2222

4000

25.641.774.0

100.00.00.00.00.0

100.0

25.641.774.0

100.00.00.00.00.0

100.0

CP Summary0° 90

0°5°15°25°35°45°55°65°75°85°90

1325130912501136981797601408212481

1325132512781187105890976162146019717

0° 20°

40°

60°

80°

90°

0°0°0° 90°

180°

300

600

900

1200

1500


119108978881746863595552

119102887768615550454138

11997816959514540363330

116100867667605449444138

11696806858514540363330

11692746152443934302725

11196837264575247434037

11192776657504439363230

11189726051443834302725

RC

R

0123456789

10


1270207036714957

2222

4960

25.641.774.0

100.00.00.00.00.0

100.0

25.641.774.0

100.00.00.00.00.0

100.0

CP Summary0° 90

0°5°15°25°35°45°55°65°75°85°90

16431623155014091217988745505263591

16431644158514721312112794376957124421

Constant Lumen ManagementEnabled by the embedded nLight control, the BLT actively tracks its

run-time and manages its light source such that constant lumen

output is maintained over the system life. Referred to as lumen

management, this feature eliminates the energy waste created by

the traditional practice of over-lighting.

0 10 20 30 40 50THOUSAND OPERATING HOURS

POWER INPUT

LIGHTOUTPUT

100%

80%

34W

27W

LIG

HT

OU

TPU

T

POW

ER IN

PUT

Without Lumen ManagementEnergy is wasted and light level is inconsistent.

Wasted Energy

*DGA accessory available to provide ceiling trim flange and fixture support for plaster or plasterboard ceiling. Recommended rough-in dimensions for DGA installation is 24-3/4" x 48-3/4" (Tolerance is +1/8", -0”).

MOUNTING DATA

Ceiling Type Appropriate Trim Type

Exposed grid tee (1’ and 9/16”) G

Concealed grid tee G

Plaster or plasterboard G*

9/16 15/16 Screw Slot


100%

80%

34W

27W

LIG

HT

OU

TPU

T

POW

ER IN

PUTPOWER

INPUT

LIGHT OUTPUT

With Lumen ManagementEnergy is saved and light level remains consistent.

Saved Energy

How to Estimate Delivered Lumens in Emergency Mode

Use the formula below to estimate the delivered lumens in

emergency mode

Delivered Lumens = 1.25 x P x LPW

P = Ouput power of emergency driver. P = 10W for E10WLCP

option.

LPW = Lumen per watt rating of the luminaire. This information

is available on the ABL luminaire spec sheet. LPW = Lumen

per watt rating of the luminaire. LPW information available in

Performance Data section.

2BLT2X4



llara

Polygon

Notes:



2BLT2X4


Performance Data

Model Number Lumens LPW Watts DLC Listing DLC ID

2BLT4 30L ADP EZ1 (GZ1, GZ10) LP835 [All Options] 2962 127.31 23.26 Premium PWJDEMHS

2BLT4 30L ADP EZ1 (GZ1, GZ10) LP840 [All Options] 3009.28 129.34 23.26 Premium P18J5GLD

2BLT4 30L ADPT EZ1 (GZ1, GZ10) LP840 [All Options] 2969.16 127.62 23.26 Premium P3HB2XSG

2BLT4 40L ADP EZ1 (GZ1, GZ10) LP835 [All Options] 4000 126.22 31.69 Premium PDWKYXFD

2BLT4 40L ADP EZ1 (GZ1, GZ10) LP840 [All Options] 4063.86 128.23 31.69 Premium PEYXAZWD

2BLT4 40L ADPT EZ1 (GZ1, GZ10) LP835 [All Options] 3946.66 124.53 31.69 Premium PS63CPK6

2BLT4 40L ADPT EZ1 (GZ1, GZ10) LP840 [All Options] 4009.67 126.52 31.69 Premium PK79UR9W

2BLT4 48L ADP EZ1 (GZ1, GZ10) LP835 [All Options] 4960 130.5 38 Premium PJ9CK6C1

2BLT4 48L ADP EZ1 (GZ1, GZ10) LP840 [All Options] 5039.18 132.58 38 Premium P9W2R5AK

2BLT4 48L ADPT EZ1 (GZ1, GZ10) LP835 [All Options] 4893.86 128.76 38 Premium PPFKZU3U

2BLT4 48L ADPT EZ1 (GZ1, GZ10) LP840 [All Options] 4971.99 130.82 38 Premium PC8HMCH9

2BLT4 60L ADP EZ1 (GZ1, GZ10) LP835 [All Options] 6016 126.39 47.59 Premium PSJ6QERM

2BLT4 60L ADP EZ1 (GZ1, GZ10) LP840 [All Options] 6112.04 128.4 47.59 Premium PVXQXPUV

2BLT4 60L ADPT EZ1 (GZ1, GZ10) LP835 [All Options] 5935.78 124.7 47.59 Premium PHT84BW4

2BLT4 60L ADPT EZ1 (GZ1, GZ10) LP840 [All Options] 6030.55 126.69 47.59 Premium PXV55BC8

2BLT4 72L ADP EZ1 (GZ10) LP840 [All Options] 7360.66 125.3 58.74 Premium PSCZ22CB

2BLT4 72L ADP GZ1 LP835 [All Options] 7245 119.07 60.84 standard PISHTCTS

2BLT4 72L ADP GZ1 LP840 [All Options] 7360.66 120.97 60.84 standard PBERALG7

2BLT4 72L ADPT EZ1 (GZ1, GZ10) LP835 [All Options] 7148.4 117.48 60.84 standard PDQS3CYK

2BLT4 72L ADPT EZ1 (GZ10) LP840 [All Options] 7262.52 123.63 58.74 Premium P2KKMMVN

2BLT4 72L ADPT GZ1 LP840 [All Options] 7262.52 119.36 60.84 standard P10DUPC0

2BLT4 85L ADP EZ1 (GZ1, GZ10) LP835 [All Options] 8567 116.43 73.58 standard PYD2GO6V

2BLT4 85L ADP EZ1 (GZ1, GZ10) LP840 [All Options] 8703.77 118.28 73.58 standard P8Z4IV4X

2BLT4 85L ADPT EZ1 (GZ1, GZ10) LP835 [All Options] 8452.77 114.87 73.58 standard PTZEW3QM

2BLT4 85L ADPT EZ1 (GZ1, GZ10) LP840 [All Options] 8587.72 116.71 73.58 standard P01DMEK9

2BLT4 100L ADP EZ1 (GZ1, GZ10) LP835 [All Options] 9837 103.14 95.36 standard PGDES20R

2BLT4 100L ADP EZ1 (GZ1, GZ10) LP840 [All Options] 9994.04 104.79 95.36 standard P007CHGX

2BLT4 100L ADPT EZ1 (GZ1, GZ10) LP835 [All Options] 9705.84 101.77 95.36 standard PSZUQY7M

2BLT4 100L ADPT EZ1 (GZ1, GZ10) LP840 [All Options] 9860.79 103.39 95.36 standard P6V6X6HY

2BLT4 120L ADP EZ1 (GZ1, GZ10) LP835 [All Options] 11709 118.18 99.07 standard PGM4Y7DP

2BLT4 120L ADP EZ1 (GZ1, GZ10) LP840 [All Options] 11895.9 120.07 99.07 standard P0ODDCG2

2BLT4 120L ADPT EZ1 (GZ1, GZ10) LP835 [All Options] 11552.9 116.61 99.07 standard PXM0FS09

2BLT4 120L ADPT EZ1 (GZ1, GZ10) LP840 [All Options] 11737.3 118.47 99.07 standard PJ4GEBZM

DLC information is subject to change, for the most up-to-date information please refer to www.dlc.org. Above listings do not cover 347v or SLD.


llara

Polygon

Notes:



2BLT2X4


HE Performance Data


2BLT4 30LHE ADP EZ1 (GZ1, GZ10) LP835 [All Options] 3107 135.17 22.98 Premium P7KEICW5

2BLT4 30LHE ADP EZ1 (GZ1, GZ10) LP840 [All Options] 3156.6 137.33 22.98 Premium PDOM06BH

2BLT4 30LHE ADPT EZ1 (GZ1, GZ10) LP835 [All Options] 3065.57 133.37 22.98 Premium P7PZAJDZ

2BLT4 30LHE ADPT EZ1 (GZ1, GZ10) LP840 [All Options] 3114.51 135.5 22.98 Premium P2N23EBP

2BLT4 40LHE ADP EZ1 (GZ1, GZ10) LP835 [All Options] 4085 138.56 29.48 Premium P67P6S5Y

2BLT4 40LHE ADP EZ1 (GZ1, GZ10) LP840 [All Options] 4150.21 140.77 29.48 Premium P95UQD66

2BLT4 40LHE ADPT EZ1 (GZ1, GZ10) LP835 [All Options] 4030.53 136.71 29.48 Premium PC15DQEC

2BLT4 40LHE ADPT EZ1 (GZ1, GZ10) LP840 [All Options] 4094.88 138.89 29.48 Premium PGRCSJ2T

2BLT4 48LHE ADP EZ1 (GZ1, GZ10) LP835 [All Options] 4770 138.16 34.52 Premium PXBJBGN8

2BLT4 48LHE ADP EZ1 (GZ1, GZ10) LP840 [All Options] 4846.15 140.37 34.52 Premium P5PQ5RRX

2BLT4 48LHE ADPT EZ1 (GZ1, GZ10) LP835 [All Options] 4706.4 136.32 34.52 Premium P2NK2H33

2BLT4 48LHE ADPT EZ1 (GZ1, GZ10) LP840 [All Options] 4781.53 138.5 34.52 Premium PK8C1321

2BLT4 60LHE ADP EZ1 (GZ1, GZ10) LP835 [All Options] 5894 135.12 43.61 Premium PQZN176R

2BLT4 60LHE ADP EZ1 (GZ1, GZ10) LP840 [All Options] 5988.09 137.28 43.61 Premium PG5CYJUC

2BLT4 60LHE ADPT EZ1 (GZ1, GZ10) LP835 [All Options] 5815.41 133.32 43.61 Premium PZ72TAWM

2BLT4 60LHE ADPT EZ1 (GZ1, GZ10) LP840 [All Options] 5908.25 135.45 43.61 Premium PRC4W72B

2BLT4 72LHE ADP EZ1 (GZ1, GZ10) LP835 [All Options] 7149 135.94 52.58 Premium PUB38GEQ

2BLT4 72LHE ADP EZ1 (GZ1, GZ10) LP840 [All Options] 7263.13 138.11 52.58 Premium P7GDHZTN

2BLT4 72LHE ADPT EZ1 (GZ1, GZ10) LP835 [All Options] 7053.68 134.12 52.58 Premium P5CC2VKV

2BLT4 72LHE ADPT EZ1 (GZ1, GZ10) LP840 [All Options] 7166.29 136.26 52.58 Premium P6P1BKDM

2BLT4 85LHE ADP EZ1 (GZ1, GZ10) LP835 [All Options] 8158 128.96 63.25 Premium PRTW6BXW

2BLT4 85LHE ADP EZ1 (GZ1, GZ10) LP840 [All Options] 8288.24 131.02 63.25 Premium P6H1V2D6

2BLT4 85LHE ADPT EZ1 (GZ1, GZ10) LP835 [All Options] 8049.22 127.24 63.25 Premium P1VG5TA3

2BLT4 85LHE ADPT EZ1 (GZ1, GZ10) LP840 [All Options] 8177.73 129.27 63.25 Premium PN5BKJ6E



llara

Polygon

Notes:


BLT Series LED

2BLT4 2' x 4'

LED

LED 2BLT2X4

Catalog

Number

Notes



























Specifications

Length: 47-3/4 (121.2)

Width: 23-3/4 (60.3)

Depth: 2-3/8 (6.0)





Curved Ribbed

ADP ADSM

SDP SDSM

Curved Smooth













2BLT4 X ADSM GZ10 LP840 E10WLCP FULLERTON COLLEGE YR 6

PO# P0129866 A2E

llara

Polygon

Notes:




2BLT4



A Air supply/return


30L 3000

40L 4000

48L 4800

60L 6000

72L 7200

85L 8500

100L 10000

120L 12000


30LHE 3000

40LHE 4000

48LHE 4800

60LHE 6000

72LHE 7200

85LHE 8500


ADSM Curved, smooth


SDSM Square, smooth






(blank) MVOLT

120 120V

277 277V

347 347V5





LP830 82CRI, 3000 K

LP835 82CRI, 3500 K

LP840 82CRI, 4000 K

LP850 82CRI, 5000 K

LP930 90CRI, 3000K

LP935 90CRI, 3500K

LP940 90CRI, 4000K

LP950 90CRI, 5000K


nLight Wired






nLight Wireless



nLight Wired






nLight Wireless




Individual Control







CP Chicago plenum15








NPLT Narrow pallet




JP16 Job packaging



Notes










control.







driver.













2BLT2X4




2BLT4 X ADSM GZ10 LP840 E10WLCP FULLERTON COLLEGE YR 6

PO# P0129866 A2E


ADSM Curved, smooth

(blank) MVOLT

GZ10 Dims to 10% (0-10V

LP840 82CRI, 4000 K

E10WLCP EM Self-Diagnostic battery pack, 10W ConstantgPower, CEC compliant 13

llara

Polygon

Notes:


BLT Series LED

2BLT4 2' x 4'

LED

LED 2BLT2X4

Catalog

Number

Notes



























Specifications

Length: 47-3/4 (121.2)

Width: 23-3/4 (60.3)

Depth: 2-3/8 (6.0)





Curved Ribbed

ADP ADSM

SDP SDSM

Curved Smooth













2BLT4 40L ADSM GZ10 LP840 FULLERTON COLLEGE YR 6 PO# P0129866 A3

llara

Polygon

Notes:




2BLT4



A Air supply/return


30L 3000

40L 4000

48L 4800

60L 6000

72L 7200

85L 8500

100L 10000

120L 12000


30LHE 3000

40LHE 4000

48LHE 4800

60LHE 6000

72LHE 7200

85LHE 8500


ADSM Curved, smooth


SDSM Square, smooth






(blank) MVOLT

120 120V

277 277V

347 347V5





LP830 82CRI, 3000 K

LP835 82CRI, 3500 K

LP840 82CRI, 4000 K

LP850 82CRI, 5000 K

LP930 90CRI, 3000K

LP935 90CRI, 3500K

LP940 90CRI, 4000K

LP950 90CRI, 5000K


nLight Wired






nLight Wireless



nLight Wired






nLight Wireless




Individual Control







CP Chicago plenum15








NPLT Narrow pallet




JP16 Job packaging



Notes










control.







driver.













2BLT2X4






ADSM Curved, smooth

(blank) MVOLT

GZ10 Dims to 10% (0-10V

LP840 82CRI, 4000 K

40L 4000

llara

Polygon

Notes:


BLT Series LED

2BLT4 2' x 4'

LED

LED 2BLT2X4

Catalog

Number

Notes



























Specifications

Length: 47-3/4 (121.2)

Width: 23-3/4 (60.3)

Depth: 2-3/8 (6.0)





Curved Ribbed

ADP ADSM

SDP SDSM

Curved Smooth














llara

Polygon

Notes:




2BLT4



A Air supply/return


30L 3000

40L 4000

48L 4800

60L 6000

72L 7200

85L 8500

100L 10000

120L 12000


30LHE 3000

40LHE 4000

48LHE 4800

60LHE 6000

72LHE 7200

85LHE 8500


ADSM Curved, smooth


SDSM Square, smooth






(blank) MVOLT

120 120V

277 277V

347 347V5





LP830 82CRI, 3000 K

LP835 82CRI, 3500 K

LP840 82CRI, 4000 K

LP850 82CRI, 5000 K

LP930 90CRI, 3000K

LP935 90CRI, 3500K

LP940 90CRI, 4000K

LP950 90CRI, 5000K


nLight Wired






nLight Wireless



nLight Wired






nLight Wireless




Individual Control







CP Chicago plenum15








NPLT Narrow pallet




JP16 Job packaging



Notes










control.







driver.













2BLT2X4






ADSM Curved, smooth

(blank) MVOLT

GZ10 Dims to 10% (0-10V

LP840 82CRI, 4000 K30L 3000

llara

Polygon

Notes:




LED

LED 2BLTR2X4

Catalog

Number

Notes

Type




















0.75

12.0

21.1

3.0

24.0













SIDE SECTION

46.2

46.7


2BLT4R 40L ADSM GZ10 LP840

A5FULLERTON COLLEGE YR 6 PO# P0129866

llara

Polygon

Notes:


2BLTR2X4



Notes








fixture.









2BLT4R




F Flanged Brackets


30L 3000

40L 4000

48L 4800

60L 6000

72L 7200


30LHE 3000

40LHE 4000

48LHE 4800

60LHE 6000

72LHE 7200

85LHE 8500


ADSM Curved, smooth


SDSM Square, smooth






(blank) MVOLT

120 120V

277 277V

347 347V4






LP830 82CRI, 3000 K

LP835 82CRI, 3500 K

LP840 82CRI, 4000 K

LP850 82CRI, 5000 K

LP930 90CRI, 3000K

LP935 90CRI, 3500K

LP940 90CRI, 4000K

LP950 90CRI, 5000K


nLight Wired






nLight Wireless



nLight Wired






nLight Wireless




Individual Control









NPLT Narrow pallet



JP16 Job Pack




Curved Ribbed

ADP ADSM

SDP SDSM

Curved Smooth






2BLT4R 40L ADP LP840 190887550979 4032 34 118 4000K/82 CRI 120-277 26

2BLT4R 46L ADP LP835 190887550993 4520 38 118 3500K/82 CRI 120-277 26

2BLT4R 46L ADP LP840 190887551006 4620 38 120 4000K/82 CRI 120-277 26

* Dims to 10%


A5


40L 4000

ADSM Curved, smooth

(blank) MVOLT


LP840 82CRI, 4000 K


llara

Polygon

Notes:


BLT Series LED

2BLT2 2' x 2'

LED

LED 2BLT2X2

Catalog

Number

Notes

TypeFEATURES & SPECIFICATIONSINTENDED USE — The BLT Best-in-Value Low Profile LED luminaire features a popular center basket design that offers a clean, versatile style and volumetric distribution. High efficacy LED light engines deliver energy savings and low maintenance compared to traditional sources. An extensive selection of configurations and options make the BLT the perfect choice for many lighting applications including schools, offices and other commercial spaces, retail, hospitals and healthcare facilities. The low profile BLT design (2-3/8") also makes it an excellent choice for renovation projects.











Optional integrated nLight®controls make each luminaire addressable - allowing them to digitally communicate with other nLight enabled controls such as dimmers, switches, occupancy sensors and photocontrols. Connection to nLight is simple. It can be accomplished with integrated nLight AIR wireless RIO, RES7 sensors, or through standard Cat-5 cabling. nLight offers unique plug-and-play convenience as devices and luminaires automatically discover each other and self-commission. nLight AIR is commissioned easily through an intuitive model app.






Integrated Smart Sensor (nLight Air Wireless Platform): The RES7 sensor is nLight AIR enabled, meaning it has the ability to communicate over the wireless nLight control platform. It is available with an automatic dimming photocell, and either a digital PIR or a microphonics (PDT) dual technology occupancy sensor. It pairs to other luminaires and wall switches through our mobile app, CLAIRITY, which allows for simple sensor adjustment. See page 4 for more details on the Integrated Smart Sensor.

INSTALLATION — The BLT’s low profile design of only 2-3/8” provides increased installation flexibility especially in restrictive plenum applications. The BLT fits into standard 15/16” and narrow 9/16” T-grid ceiling systems.



LISTINGS — CSA Certified to meet U.S. and Canadian standards. IC rated.

DesignLights Consortium® (DLC) Premium qualified product. Not all versions of this product may be DLC Premium qualified. Please check the DLC Qualified Products List at www.designlights.org/QPL to confirm which versions are qualified.

WARRANTY — 5-year limited warranty. Complete warranty terms located at www.acuitybrands.com/CustomerResources/Terms_and_conditions.aspx




Specifications

Length: 23-3/4 (60.3)

Width: 23-3/4 (60.3)

Depth: 2-3/8 (6.0)





Curved Ribbed

ADP ADSM

SDP SDSM

Curved Smooth













2BLT2 X ADSM GZ10 LP840FULLERTON COLLEGE YR 6PO# P0129866 B1

llara

Polygon

Notes:



2BLT2X2



2BLT2


2BLT2 2X2 BLT (blank) Static

A Air supply/ return


20L 2000

33L 3300

40L 4000

48L 4800


20LHE 2000

33LHE 3300

40LHE 4000

48LHE 4800


ADSM Curved, smooth


SDSM Square, smooth






(blank) MVOLT

120 120V

277 277V

347 347V7





LP830 82CRI, 3000 K

LP835 82CRI, 3500 K

LP840 82CRI, 4000 K

LP850 82CRI, 5000 K

LP930 90CRI, 3000K

LP935 90CRI, 3500K

LP940 90CRI, 4000K

LP950 90CRI, 5000K


nLight Wired






nLight Wireless



nLight Wired






nLight Wireless




Individual Control







CP Chicago plenum17








NPLT Narrow pallet




JP32 Job packaging





2BLT2 33L ADP LP840 00190887529739 3385 26 129 4000K/82CRI 120-277 52

2BLT2 33L ADP EL14L LP835 00190887529890 3332 26 127 3500K/82CRI 120-277 52


MTO 2BLT2 33L ADP 347 LP835 3332 26 127 3500K/82 CRI 347 52

2BLT2 33L ADP 347 LP840 3385 26 129 4000K/82CRI 347 52


Notes and Accessories next page



2BLT2 X ADSM GZ10 LP840FULLERTON COLLEGE YR 6 PO# P0129866 B1


ADSM Curved, smooth

(blank) MVOLT


LP840 82CRI, 4000 K

llara

Polygon

Notes:



2BLT2X2


















DGA22 Drywall grid adapter for 2x2 recessed fixture

2X2SMK Surface Mount Troffer Kit


*247WJV 2DBLT24 ADP LENS ASSEMBLY 2 ft. replacement lens

*249P2P 2DBLT24 SDP LENS ASSEMBLY 2 ft. replacement lens

*249P2W 2DBLT24 ADSM LENS ASSEMBLY 2 ft. replacement lens

*249P32 2DBLT24 SDSM LENS ASSEMBLY 2 ft. replacement lens

*237LT1 2DBLT24 ADPT LENS ASSEMBLY 2 ft. replacement lens

*237LT3 2DBLT24 SDPT LENS ASSEMBLY 2 ft. replacement lens

*237LT5 2DBLT24 ADSMT LENS ASSEMBLY 2 ft. replacement lens

*237LT7 2DBLT24 SDSMT LENS ASSEMBLY 2 ft. replacement lens

*237LT9 2DBLT24 ADPT SENSOR LENS ASSEMBLY 2 ft. replacement lens

*237M4Y 2DBLT24 SDPT SENSOR LENS ASSEMBLY 2 ft. replacement lens

*237M57 2DBLT24 ADSMT SENSOR LENS ASSEMBLY 2 ft. replacement lens

*237M5H 2DBLT24 SDSMT SENSOR LENS ASSEMBLY 2 ft. replacement lens

Notes




4 Air supply/return option, 90 CRI, and versions with integral sensor trim rings may not achieve 125 LPW.


6 Air supply/return option, 90 CRI, and versions with integral sensor trim rings may not achieve 130 LPW.

7 Not available with SLD EL7L, or EL14L options.



10 nLight EMG option requires a connection to existing nLight network. Power is provided from a separate N80 or N100 enabled fixture.

11 Must order with RES7, RES7PDT or Rio module. Must order with EZ1 driver.


13 Requires N80, N80EMG, N100, or N100EMG. Must order with EZ1 driver.

14 Only available with EZ1 driver option. 0-10v dimming wires not accessible via access plate.




18 Must specify voltage. Requires BSE labeling, voltage specific. Consult factory for options.




22 Not available with air supply/return or Wired Networking (NES_) and Individual Control (MSD_) sensors.

Notes







[blank] PIR DetectionPDT Dual Tech PIR/

Microphonics





Relay


RCMS


llara

Polygon

Notes:



2BLT2X2


Sensor Options

OptionAutomatic

Dimming Photocell



MSD7ADCX X X

MSDPDT7ADCX X X

NES7 X X

NES7ADCX X X X

NESPDT7 X X

NESPDT7ADCX X X X

RES7 X X X

RESPDT7 X X X X





MIN

LIG

HT

LEVE

LMAX

7.5 MINTIME DELAY



Room Unoccupied




5.5 184.6 153.7 122.7 91.8 60.9 30 m 0 ft0.9 31.8 62.7 93.7 124.6 155.5 18

9 FT Mounting


and 20 ft (6.10 m)



• 1.75x up to 20 ft (6.10 m).





Mini 360° Lens

Basic nLight Zone





nLight AIR Wireless

nLight AIR is the ideal solution for retrofit or new construction spaces where adding additional wiring can be labor intensive and nLight AIR is available with or without an integral sensor. The integrated RES7 or RES7PDT smart sensors are part of each luminaire in the nLight AIR network, which can be grouped to control multiple luminaires. The granularity of control with the digital PIR occupancy detection and daylight sensing makes a great solution for any application.


MIN

LIG

HT

LEVE

L

MAX

17.5 MINTIME DELAY



Room Unoccupied





H N H N H N

nLight AIR rPODB 2P DX G2 Mobile Device

BLT Series




Simple as 1,2,3


llara

Polygon

Notes:



2BLT2X2


PHOTOMETRICS2BLT2 33L ADP LP835, 3332 delivered lumens, test no. ISF36900P19, tested in accordance to IESNA LM-79

2BLT2 40L ADP LP835, 4041 delivered lumens, test no. ISF36900P35, tested in accordance to IESNA LM-79

0° 20°

40°

60°

80°

90°

0°0°0° 90°

180°

200

400

600

800

1000

1200


119108978881746863595552

119102887768615550454138

11997816959514540363330

116100867667605449444138

11696806858514540363330

11692746152443934302725

11196837264575247434037

11192776657504439363230

11189726051443834302725

RC

R

0123456789

10


1035168629914039

2222

4041

25.641.774.0

100.00.00.00.00.0

100.0

25.641.774.0

100.00.00.00.00.0

100.0

CP Summary0° 90

0°5°15°25°35°45°55°65°75°85°90

1338132212631148991805607412214481

1338133912911199106991876962746519917

0° 20°

40°

60°

80°

90°

0°0°0° 90°

180°

200

400

600

800

1000


119108978881746863595552

119102887768615550454138

11997816959514540363330

116100867667605449444138

11696806858514540363330

11692746152443934302725

11196837264575247434037

11192776657504439363230

11189726051443834302725

RC

R

0123456789

10


853139024663330

2222

3332

25.641.774.0

100.00.00.00.00.0

100.0

25.641.774.0

100.00.00.00.00.0

100.0

CP Summary0° 90

0°5°15°25°35°45°55°65°75°85°90

110310901042946817664500340177401

11031104106498988175763451738316414

Constant Lumen ManagementEnabled by the embedded nLight control, the BLT actively tracks its

run-time and manages its light source such that constant lumen

output is maintained over the system life. Referred to as lumen

management, this feature eliminates the energy waste created by

the traditional practice of over-lighting.

MOUNTING DATA

Ceiling Type Appropriate

Trim Type

Exposed grid tee

(1’ and 9/16”) G

Concealed grid tee G

Plaster or plasterboard G*

*DGA accessory available to provide ceiling trim flange and fixture support for plaster or plasterboard ceiling. Recommended rough-in dimensions for DGA installation is 24-3/4" x 24-3/4" (Tolerance is +1/8", -0”).

9/16 15/16 Screw Slot


POWER INPUT

LIGHTOUTPUT

100%

80%

30W

24W

LIG

HT

OU

TPU

T

POW

ER IN

PUT


Wasted Energy


100%

80%

30W

24W

LIG

HT

OU

TPU

T

POW

ER IN

PUTPOWER

INPUT

LIGHT OUTPUT


Saved Energy

How to Estimate Delivered Lumens in Emergency Mode

Use the formula below to estimate the delivered lumens in emergency mode

Delivered Lumens = 1.25 x P x LPW

P = Ouput power of emergency driver. P = 10W for E10WLCP option.

LPW = Lumen per watt rating of the luminaire. This information is available on

the ABL luminaire spec sheet. LPW = Lumen per watt rating of the luminaire. LPW

information available in Performance Data section.


llara

Polygon

Notes:



2BLT2X2


Performance Data


2BLT2 20L ADP EZ1 (GZ1, GZ10) LP840 [All Options] 2065.45 124.06 16.64 Premium PM92196A

2BLT2 20L ADP EZ1 (GZ10) LP835 [All Options] 2033 126.58 16.06 Premium P6445UVD

2BLT2 20L ADP GZ1 LP835 [All Options] 2033 122.11 16.64 standard PLNK6MX8

2BLT2 20L ADPT EZ1 (GZ10) LP840 [All Options] 2037.91 126.89 16.06 Premium PYX15QEQ

2BLT2 20L ADPT GZ1 LP835 [All Options] 2005.89 120.49 16.64 standard P40HQGLB

2BLT2 20L ADPT GZ1 LP840 [All Options] 2037.91 122.41 16.64 standard PB3HB9AK

2BLT2 33L ADP EZ1 (GZ1, GZ10) LP835 [All Options] 3332 124.92 26.67 Premium PHSXHE8F

2BLT2 33L ADP EZ1 (GZ1, GZ10) LP840 [All Options] 3385.19 126.91 26.67 Premium PD18CKQ8

2BLT2 33L ADPT EZ1 (GZ1, GZ10) LP840 [All Options] 3340.05 125.22 26.67 Premium PF98CZ2H

2BLT2 33L ADPT EZ1 (GZ10) LP835 [All Options] 3287.57 125.14 26.27 Premium PTKZR9WQ

2BLT2 33L ADPT GZ1 LP835 [All Options] 3287.57 123.25 26.67 standard PTN5023N

2BLT2 40L ADP EZ1 (GZ1, GZ10) LP835 [All Options] 4041 127.35 31.73 Premium P1XWW9GV

2BLT2 40L ADP EZ1 (GZ1, GZ10) LP840 [All Options] 4105.51 129.38 31.73 Premium PHCQ2CQF

2BLT2 40L ADPT EZ1 (GZ1, GZ10) LP835 [All Options] 3987.12 125.65 31.73 Premium PW6RMMJ4

2BLT2 40L ADPT EZ1 (GZ1, GZ10) LP840 [All Options] 4050.77 127.65 31.73 Premium P5YYDAA8

2BLT2 48L ADP EZ1 (GZ1, GZ10) LP835 [All Options] 4800 109.9 43.67 standard PJRH1R1G

2BLT2 48L ADP EZ1 (GZ1, GZ10) LP840 [All Options] 4876.63 111.66 43.67 standard P8G93YOK

2BLT2 48L ADPT EZ1 (GZ1, GZ10) LP835 [All Options] 4736 108.44 43.67 standard PITU3V6X

2BLT2 48L ADPT EZ1 (GZ1, GZ10) LP840 [All Options] 4811.61 110.17 43.67 standard P5X2XU76

HE Performance Data


2BLT2 20LHE ADP EZ1 (GZ1, GZ10) LP835 [All Options] 1948 130.59 14.91 Premium PUQCZNQI

2BLT2 20LHE ADP EZ1 (GZ1, GZ10) LP840 [All Options] 1979.1 132.67 14.91 Premium PJCZRW21

2BLT2 20LHE ADPT EZ1 (GZ1, GZ10) LP840 [All Options] 1952.71 130.9 14.91 Premium PLC4RF4L

2BLT2 33LHE ADP EZ1 (GZ1, GZ10) LP835 [All Options] 3392 137.3 24.7 Premium PXXZN9PH

2BLT2 33LHE ADP EZ1 (GZ1, GZ10) LP840 [All Options] 3446.15 139.5 24.7 Premium PKPJYYRF

2BLT2 33LHE ADPT EZ1 (GZ1, GZ10) LP835 [All Options] 3346.77 135.47 24.7 Premium PZC8BZSS

2BLT2 33LHE ADPT EZ1 (GZ1, GZ10) LP840 [All Options] 3400.2 137.64 24.7 Premium PM5G8AFU

2BLT2 40LHE ADP EZ1 (GZ1, GZ10) LP835 [All Options] 4118 133.71 30.79 Premium PJ55XFFP

2BLT2 40LHE ADP EZ1 (GZ1, GZ10) LP840 [All Options] 4183.74 135.85 30.79 Premium PEGFHPZD

2BLT2 40LHE ADPT EZ1 (GZ1, GZ10) LP835 [All Options] 4063.09 131.93 30.79 Premium P8E16E9B

2BLT2 40LHE ADPT EZ1 (GZ1, GZ10) LP840 [All Options] 4127.96 134.04 30.79 Premium PFRSSSVG

2BLT2 48LHE ADP EZ1 (GZ1, GZ10) LP835 [All Options] 4845 128 37.85 Premium P558XUZP

2BLT2 48LHE ADP EZ1 (GZ1, GZ10) LP840 [All Options] 4922.35 130.04 37.85 Premium P1863H56

2BLT2 48LHE ADPT EZ1 (GZ1, GZ10) LP835 [All Options] 4780.4 126.29 37.85 Premium PHPTG5M8

2BLT2 48LHE ADPT EZ1 (GZ1, GZ10) LP840 [All Options] 4856.71 128.31 37.85 Premium PBKN954Z




llara

Polygon

Notes:


BLT Series LED

2BLT2 2' x 2'

LED

LED 2BLT2X2

Catalog

Number

Notes




























Specifications

Length: 23-3/4 (60.3)

Width: 23-3/4 (60.3)

Depth: 2-3/8 (6.0)





Curved Ribbed

ADP ADSM

SDP SDSM

Curved Smooth













2BLT2 20L ADSM GZ10 LP840FULLERTON COLLEGE YR 6PO# P0129866 B2

llara

Polygon

Notes:



2BLT2X2



2BLT2





20L 2000

33L 3300

40L 4000

48L 4800


20LHE 2000

33LHE 3300

40LHE 4000

48LHE 4800


ADSM Curved, smooth


SDSM Square, smooth






(blank) MVOLT

120 120V

277 277V

347 347V7





LP830 82CRI, 3000 K

LP835 82CRI, 3500 K

LP840 82CRI, 4000 K

LP850 82CRI, 5000 K

LP930 90CRI, 3000K

LP935 90CRI, 3500K

LP940 90CRI, 4000K

LP950 90CRI, 5000K


nLight Wired






nLight Wireless



nLight Wired






nLight Wireless




Individual Control







CP Chicago plenum17








NPLT Narrow pallet




JP32 Job packaging





2BLT2 33L ADP LP840 00190887529739 3385 26 129 4000K/82CRI 120-277 52




2BLT2 33L ADP 347 LP840 3385 26 129 4000K/82CRI 347 52





2BLT2 20L ADSM GZ10 LP840FULLERTON COLLEGE YR 6 PO# P0129866 B2


ADSM Curved, smooth

(blank) MVOLT


LP840 82CRI, 4000 K20L 2000

llara

Polygon

Notes:


BLT Series LED

2BLT2 2' x 2'

LED

LED 2BLT2X2

Catalog

Number

Notes




























Specifications

Length: 23-3/4 (60.3)

Width: 23-3/4 (60.3)

Depth: 2-3/8 (6.0)





Curved Ribbed

ADP ADSM

SDP SDSM

Curved Smooth













2BLT2 33L ADSM GZ10 LP840FULLERTON COLLEGE YR 6PO# P0129866 B3

llara

Polygon

Notes:



2BLT2X2



2BLT2





20L 2000

33L 3300

40L 4000

48L 4800


20LHE 2000

33LHE 3300

40LHE 4000

48LHE 4800


ADSM Curved, smooth


SDSM Square, smooth






(blank) MVOLT

120 120V

277 277V

347 347V7





LP830 82CRI, 3000 K

LP835 82CRI, 3500 K

LP840 82CRI, 4000 K

LP850 82CRI, 5000 K

LP930 90CRI, 3000K

LP935 90CRI, 3500K

LP940 90CRI, 4000K

LP950 90CRI, 5000K


nLight Wired






nLight Wireless



nLight Wired






nLight Wireless




Individual Control







CP Chicago plenum17








NPLT Narrow pallet




JP32 Job packaging





2BLT2 33L ADP LP840 00190887529739 3385 26 129 4000K/82CRI 120-277 52




2BLT2 33L ADP 347 LP840 3385 26 129 4000K/82CRI 347 52





2BLT2 33L ADSM GZ10 LP840FULLERTON COLLEGE YR 6 PO# P0129866 B3


ADSM Curved, smooth

(blank) MVOLT


LP840 82CRI, 4000 K

33L 3300

llara

Polygon

Notes:



2BLTR 2' x 2' Relight

LED

LED 2BLTR2X2

Catalog

Number

Notes

Type

FEATURES & SPECIFICATIONSINTENDED USE — The BLTR Best-Value Low Profile LED Relight Assembly is a cost effective solution for renovating existing fluorescent troffer and parabolic fixtures while providing upgraded aesthetics and outstanding performance. The BLTR’s popular center basket design offers a clean, versatile style, and volumetric distribution. The wide range of lumen packages and control and driver options make the BLTR a great choice for many applications including offices, schools, hospitals, retail spaces and other general lighting applications.

CONSTRUCTION — Universal end brackets are constructed of 22-gauge powder-painted steel and are secured to the host fixture with provided TEKS™ screws. The driver and light engine assembly is integrated in the BTLR door assembly making this an extremely “simple”, time saving, relight solution. The door frame and reflector assembly is made of cold-rolled steel and is painted after fabrication with a matte white powder paint for improved aesthetics and increased light diffusion. Diffusers are extruded from impact modified acrylic for increased durability. Diffuser trim rings provide an attractive mounting for integral sensors as well as adding a decorative element to the luminaire aesthetics.








Optional integrated nLight®controls make each luminaire addressable - allowing it to digitally communicate with other nLight enabled controls such as dimmers, switches, nLight AIR RIO, RES7 occupancy sensors, and photo contols. Simply connect all the nLight enabled control devices and the BLTR Relight assembly using standard Cat-5 cabling. Unique plug-and-play convenience as devices and luminaires automatically discover each other and self-commission. Lumen Management: Unique lumen management system (option N80) provides on board intelligence that actively manages the LED light source so that constant lumen output is maintained over the system life, preventing the energy waste created by the traditional practice of over-lighting. Driver disconnect provided where required to comply with US and Canadian codes.





LISTINGS — UL/cUL Listed for use in fluorescent light fixtures. Installing Relight assemblies per instructions will not impact existing fixture UL listing. Tested to LM80 standards. DesignLights Consortium® (DLC) qualified product. Not all versions of this product may be DLC qualified. Please check the DLC Qualified Products List at www.designlights.org/QPL to confirm which versions are qualified.





0.75

12.0

21.1

3.0

24.0

SIDE SECTION

22.2

22.7














2BLT2R 33L ADSM GZ10 LP840FULLERTON COLLEGE YR 6 PO# P0129866 B4F

llara

Polygon

Notes:


2BLTR2X2




2BLT2R


2BLT2R 2X2 BLTR

(blank) Static (white end brackets for troffers)


F Flanged Brackets


20L 2000

33L 3300

40L 4000


20LHE 2000

33LHE 3300

40LHE 4000

48LHE 4800


ADSM Curved, smooth


SDSM Square, smooth






(blank) MVOLT

120 120V

277 277V

347 347V4


GZ1 Dims to 1% (0-10V dimming)5




LP830 82CRI, 3000 K

LP835 82CRI, 3500 K

LP840 82CRI, 4000 K

LP850 82CRI, 5000 K

LP930 90CRI, 3000K

LP935 90CRI, 3500K

LP940 90CRI, 4000K

LP950 90CRI, 5000K


nLight Wired






nLight Wireless



nLight Wired






nLight Wireless




Individual Control



EL7L 700 lumen battery pack


E10WLCP EM Self-Diagnostic battery pack, 10W Constant Power, CEC compliant




NPLT Narrow pallet



JP20 Job Pack

Notes







7 nLight EMG option requires a connection to existing nLight network. Power is provided from a separate N80 or N100

enabled fixture.

8 Must order with RES7, RES7PDT, or RIO sensor. Only available with EZ1 driver.



11 Only available with EZ1 driver option. 0-10v dimming wires not accessible via access plate. Not available with

Controls options.



14 Must specify EZ1 driver. FAO restricts use of external dimming controls. See chart on page 3 for additional details.




Curved Ribbed

ADP ADSM

SDP SDSM

Curved Smooth






2BLT2R 33L ADP LP840 190887550931 3313 30 111 4000K/82 CRI 120-277 52

* Dims to 10%


2BLT2R 2X2BLTR

(blank) Static (whiteend brackets fotroffers)

33L 3300

ADSM Curved, smooth

(blank) MVOLT


LP840 82CRI, 4000 K

llara

Polygon

Notes:


2BLTR2X2










Application Guide2BLT2R — Typically used for lensed troffer installations. Assembly contains white end brackets and is supplied with white trim strips for use in closing gaps down fixture sides (installer's choice - not required).

*Note: This kit will fit in Lithonia's Avante non-air fixture.

2BLT2R A — Typically used for parabolic installations with black reveal. Assembly contains black end brackets to match black reveal around host housing. Does not interfere with host housing air supply/return if present (along fixture sides).

Notes







[blank] PIR DetectionPDT2 Dual Tech PIR/

Microphonics





Relay



llara

Polygon

Notes:


2BLTR2X2




DBLTR24 ADP LENS ASSEMBLY 2 ft. replacement lens (trims included)

DBLTR24 SDP LENS ASSEMBLY 2 ft. replacement lens (trims included)

DBLTR24 ADSM LENS ASSEMBLY 2 ft. replacement lens (trims included)

DBLTR24 SDSM LENS ASSEMBLY 2 ft. replacement lens (trims included)

DBLTR24 ADPT LENS ASSEMBLY 2 ft. replacement lens (trims included)

DBLTR24 SDPT LENS ASSEMBLY 2 ft. replacement lens (trims included)

DBLTR24 ADSMT LENS ASSEMBLY 2 ft. replacement lens (trims included)

DBLTR24 SDSMT LENS ASSEMBLY 2 ft. replacement lens (trims included)

DBLTR24 ADPT SENSOR LENS ASSEMBLY 2 ft. replacement lens (trims included)

DBLTR24 SDPT SENSOR LENS ASSEMBLY 2 ft. replacement lens (trims included)

DBLTR24 ADSMT SENSOR LENS ASSEMBLY 2 ft. replacement lens (trims included)

DBLTR24 SDSMT SENSOR LENS ASSEMBLY 2 ft. replacement lens (trims included)

U10528B 2 ft. replacement troffer trim strip

0-10 Voltage Dimmer




Step 7 9.0 VDC 98% 100%

Step 6 8.0 VDC 88% 86%

Step 5 7.0 VDC 86% 82%

Step 4 6.0 VDC 82% 80%

Step 3 5.0 VDC 76% 75%

Step 2 4.0 VDC 71% 72%

Step 1 3.0 VDC 67% 71%




llara

Polygon

Notes:


2BLTR2X2



Sensor Options

OptionAutomatic

Dimming Photocell



MSD7ADCX X X

MSDPDT7ADCX X X

NES7 X X

NES7ADCX X X X

NESPDT7 X X

NESPDT7ADCX X X X

RES7 X X X

RESPDT7 X X X X





MIN

LIG

HT

LEVE

LMAX

7.5 MINTIME DELAY



Room Unoccupied




5.5 184.6 153.7 122.7 91.8 60.9 30 m 0 ft0.9 31.8 62.7 93.7 124.6 155.5 18

9 FT Mounting


and 20 ft (6.10 m)



• 1.75x up to 20 ft (6.10 m).





Mini 360° Lens

Basic nLight Zone





nLight AIR Wireless

nLight AIR is the ideal solution for retrofit or new construction spaces where adding additional wiring can be labor intensive and costly. nLight AIR is available with or without and integral sensor. The integrated rES 7 or RES7PDT smart sensor is part of each luminaire in the nLight AIR network, which can be grouped to control multiple luminaires. The granularity of control with the digital PIR occupancy detection and daylight sensing makes a great solution for any application.


MIN

LIG

HT

LEVE

L

MAX

17.5 MINTIME DELAY



Room Unoccupied





H N H N H N


BLT Series




Simple as 1,2,3


llara

Polygon

Notes:


2BLTR2X2



PHOTOMETRICS

Performance Data


20L ADP LP830 1981 16 127

20L ADP LP835 2051 16 132

20L ADP LP840 2084 16 134

20L ADP LP850 2143 16 138

33L ADP LP830 3237 26 125

33L ADP LP835 3351 26 130

33L ADP LP840 3404 26 132

33L ADP LP850 3502 26 135

40L ADP LP830 3900 31 125

40L ADP LP835 4038 31 130

40L ADP LP840 4102 31 132

40L ADP LP850 4220 31 136



0° 20°

40°

60°

80°

90°

0°0°0° 90°

180°

200

400

600

800

1000

1200

1400


119108988981756964595652

119103897869615550464239

11998826960524641373431

116100877667605449454138

11696806859524641373330

11692756252453935312825

11196837365585248444037

11192786657504540363330

11189736152443934312825

RC

R

0123456789

10


1107179931694211

04211

26.342.775.3

100.00.0

100.0

26.342.775.3

100.00.0

100.0

CP Summary0° 90

0°5°15°25°35°45°55°65°75°85°90

14471419135412241050849640434230577

1447145213961294115810018296504661913

0° 20°

40°

60°

80°

90°

0°0°0° 90°

180°

200

400

600

800

1000


119108988981756964595652

119103897869615550464239

11998826960524641373431

116100877667605449454138

11696806859524641373330

11692756252453935312825

11196837365585248444037

11192786657504540363330

11189736152443934312825

RC

R

0123456789

10


852138524403242

03242

26.342.775.3

100.00.0

100.0

26.342.775.3

100.00.0

100.0

CP Summary0° 90

0°5°15°25°35°45°55°65°75°85°90

111410921042943808653492334177445

1114111810759968917706385013591472

HE Performance Data


20LHE ADP LP830 2008 16 129

20LHE ADP LP835 2079 16 134

20LHE ADP LP840 2112 16 136

20LHE ADP LP850 2173 16 140

33LHE ADP LP830 3068 24 128

33LHE ADP LP835 3176 24 133

33LHE ADP LP840 3227 24 135

33LHE ADP LP850 3319 24 139

40LHE ADP LP830 3797 29 129

40LHE ADP LP835 3931 29 133

40LHE ADP LP840 3994 29 135

40LHE ADP LP850 4108 29 139

48LHE ADP LP830 4532 36 126

48LHE ADP LP835 4692 36 130

48LHE ADP LP840 4767 36 132

48LHE ADP LP850 4903 36 136


llara

Polygon

Notes:



2BLTR 2' x 2' Relight

LED

LED 2BLTR2X2

Catalog

Number

Notes

Type

FEATURES & SPECIFICATIONSINTENDED USE — The BLTR Best-Value Low Profile LED Relight Assembly is a cost effective solution for renovating existing fluorescent troffer and parabolic fixtures while providing upgraded aesthetics and outstanding performance. The BLTR’s popular center basket design offers a clean, versatile style, and volumetric distribution. The wide range of lumen packages and control and driver options make the BLTR a great choice for many applications including offices, schools, hospitals, retail spaces and other general lighting applications.

CONSTRUCTION — Universal end brackets are constructed of 22-gauge powder-painted steel and are secured to the host fixture with provided TEKS™ screws. The driver and light engine assembly is integrated in the BTLR door assembly making this an extremely “simple”, time saving, relight solution. The door frame and reflector assembly is made of cold-rolled steel and is painted after fabrication with a matte white powder paint for improved aesthetics and increased light diffusion. Diffusers are extruded from impact modified acrylic for increased durability. Diffuser trim rings provide an attractive mounting for integral sensors as well as adding a decorative element to the luminaire aesthetics.








Optional integrated nLight®controls make each luminaire addressable - allowing it to digitally communicate with other nLight enabled controls such as dimmers, switches, nLight AIR RIO, RES7 occupancy sensors, and photo contols. Simply connect all the nLight enabled control devices and the BLTR Relight assembly using standard Cat-5 cabling. Unique plug-and-play convenience as devices and luminaires automatically discover each other and self-commission. Lumen Management: Unique lumen management system (option N80) provides on board intelligence that actively manages the LED light source so that constant lumen output is maintained over the system life, preventing the energy waste created by the traditional practice of over-lighting. Driver disconnect provided where required to comply with US and Canadian codes.





LISTINGS — UL/cUL Listed for use in fluorescent light fixtures. Installing Relight assemblies per instructions will not impact existing fixture UL listing. Tested to LM80 standards. DesignLights Consortium® (DLC) qualified product. Not all versions of this product may be DLC qualified. Please check the DLC Qualified Products List at www.designlights.org/QPL to confirm which versions are qualified.





0.75

12.0

21.1

3.0

24.0

SIDE SECTION

22.2

22.7















B5FULLERTON COLLEGE YR 6 PO# P0129866

llara

Polygon

Notes:


2BLTR2X2




2BLT2R


2BLT2R 2X2 BLTR

(blank) Static (white end brackets for troffers)


F Flanged Brackets


20L 2000

33L 3300

40L 4000


20LHE 2000

33LHE 3300

40LHE 4000

48LHE 4800


ADSM Curved, smooth


SDSM Square, smooth






(blank) MVOLT

120 120V

277 277V

347 347V4


GZ1 Dims to 1% (0-10V dimming)5




LP830 82CRI, 3000 K

LP835 82CRI, 3500 K

LP840 82CRI, 4000 K

LP850 82CRI, 5000 K

LP930 90CRI, 3000K

LP935 90CRI, 3500K

LP940 90CRI, 4000K

LP950 90CRI, 5000K


nLight Wired






nLight Wireless



nLight Wired






nLight Wireless




Individual Control





E10WLCP EM Self-Diagnostic battery pack, 10W Constant Power, CEC compliant




NPLT Narrow pallet



JP20 Job Pack

Notes







7 nLight EMG option requires a connection to existing nLight network. Power is provided from a separate N80 or N100

enabled fixture.

8 Must order with RES7, RES7PDT, or RIO sensor. Only available with EZ1 driver.



11 Only available with EZ1 driver option. 0-10v dimming wires not accessible via access plate. Not available with

Controls options.



14 Must specify EZ1 driver. FAO restricts use of external dimming controls. See chart on page 3 for additional details.




Curved Ribbed

ADP ADSM

SDP SDSM

Curved Smooth






2BLT2R 33L ADP LP840 190887550931 3313 30 111 4000K/82 CRI 120-277 52

* Dims to 10%


B5

2BLT2R 2X2BLTR

(blank) Static (whiteend brackets fotroffers)

ADSM Curved, smooth

(blank) MVOLT


LP840 82CRI, 4000 K20L 2000


llara

Polygon

Notes:


Page 1 of 16

FEATURES & SPECIFICATIONSINTENDED USE — The CLX is a linear lighting solution that is available in multiple lengths, lumen

packages and distributions. Designed for versatility, the CLX can address virtually any indoor lighting

need. The CLX is also offered in standard and high efficacy configurations and capable of being continuous

row mounted or installed as a stand-alone fixture. Ideal for uplight and downlight in commercial,

retail, manufacturing, warehouse, and display applications. Certain airborne contaminants can diminish the integrity of acrylic and/or polycarbonate. Click here for Acrylic-Polycarbonate

Compatibility table for suitable uses.

CONSTRUCTION — Channel and cover are formed from code-gauge cold-rolled steel. Housing and

lens endcaps are injection molded plastic to provide a more architectural look and feel. The endcaps

come standard with a 7/8" knock out for continuous mounting but can be ordered without.

Finish: Paint options include high-gloss, baked white polyester (WH), galvanized (GALV), matte

black (MB) and smoke gray (SKGY). Five-stage iron phosphate pre-treatment ensures superior paint

adhesion and rust resistance.

OPTICS — Offered with acrylic lens and less lens configurations. Provides a choice of optical

distributions including, wide, narrow, and aisle.

ELECTRICAL — Utilizes high-output LEDs integrated on a two-layer circuit board, ensuring cool-

running operation. Optional internal pluggable wiring harness for reduced labor cost in row mounting

applications. (See PLR_ ordering information on page 15.) Electronic LED driver is multi-volt input and

0-10V dimming standard (see Operational Data on page 12 for actual wattage consumption). This fixture

is designed to withstand a maximum line surge of 2.5kV at 0.75kA combination wave for indoor locations,

for applications requiring higher level of protection additional surge protection must be provided.

L70>100,000 hours at 25˚C.

LEDs provide nominal 80 CRI or 90CRI at 3000 K, 3500 K,4000 K, or 5000 K.

Lumen output up to 2,500 lumens per foot.

INSTALLATION — Fixture may be ceiling or wall mounted (with or without THCLX hanger or angle

mounted with CLXANGBRT), pendant or stem mounted with appropriate mounting options.

WARNING — Removing the lens and opening the fixture during installation exposes the LEDs, putting

them at risk for damage.

If you plan to surface mount the fixture, we recommend using the THCLX. This eliminates the need to

open the fixture.

If you plan to continuous row mount, we recommend using the PLR wiring harness option. This eliminates

the need to open the fixture.

Damage to the LEDs caused during installation will not be covered under the warranty.

LISTINGS — CSA certified to US and Canadian safety standards. For use in damp locations between -4°F

(-20°C) and 104°F (40°C). Optional High Ambient (HA) ranging to 122°F(50°C) available on certain lumen

packages (See ambient temperature chart for additional information).

DesignLights Consortium® (DLC) Premium qualified product and DLC qualified product. Not all versions

of this product may be DLC Premium qualified or DLC qualified. Please check the DLC Qualified Products

List at www.designlights.org/QPL to confirm which versions are qualified.

WARRANTY — 5-year limited warranty. Complete warranty terms located at:

www.acuitybrands.com/CustomerResources/Terms_and_conditions.aspx

Note: Actual performance may differ as a result of end-user environment and application.



LED Linear

CLX24", 36", 48" and 96" Lengths

Catalog

Number

Notes

Type

INDUSTRIAL CLX

Flat Diffuse Lens

Round Diffuse Lens

Wide Diffuse Lens

Stock configurations are offered for shorter lead times:

Stock Part Number UPCDLC QPL

Product IDDLC

Premium

CLX L48 3000LM SEF FDL MVOLT GZ10 40K 80CRI WH 00191723525816 PJANKZR4 Yes

CLX L48 3000LM SEF FDL MVOLT GZ10 50K 80CRI WH 00191723525885 PKW32VKL Yes

CLX L48 5000LM SEF FDL MVOLT GZ10 40K 80CRI WH 00191723525939 P77I8Z20 Yes

CLX L48 5000LM SEF FDL MVOLT GZ10 50K 80CRI WH 00191723525908 P8A42C1H Yes

CLX L96 6000LM SEF FDL MVOLT GZ10 40K 80CRI WH 00191723525861 PPFTGRBV Yes

CLX L96 6000LM SEF FDL MVOLT GZ10 50K 80CRI WH 00191723525915 PW6250TE Yes

CLX L96 10000LM SEF FDL MVOLT GZ10 40K 80CRI WH 00191723525922 PYKOC7EW Yes

CLX L96 10000LM SEF FDL MVOLT GZ10 50K 80CRI WH 00191723525830 PKYPL35K Yes

CLX L48 3000LM SEF RDL MVOLT GZ10 40K 80CRI WH 00191723525960 PJANKZR4 Yes

CLX L48 3000LM SEF RDL MVOLT GZ10 50K 80CRI WH 00191723525892 PKW32VKL Yes

CLX L48 5000LM SEF RDL MVOLT GZ10 40K 80CRI WH 00191723525854 P77I8Z20 Yes

CLX L48 5000LM SEF RDL MVOLT GZ10 50K 80CRI WH 00191723525946 P8A42C1H Yes

CLX L96 6000LM SEF RDL MVOLT GZ10 40K 80CRI WH 00191723525878 PPFTGRBV Yes

CLX L96 6000LM SEF RDL MVOLT GZ10 50K 80CRI WH 00191723525823 PD0SSIAD Yes

CLX L96 10000LM SEF RDL MVOLT GZ10 40K 80CR WH 00191723525953 PYKOC7EW Yes

CLX L96 10000LM SEF RDL MVOLT GZ10 50K 80CRI WH 00191723525847 PKYPL35K Yes

Capable LuminaireThis item is an A+ capable luminaire, which has been designed and tested to provide

consistent color appearance and out-of-the-box control compatibility with simple

commissioning.



• This luminaire is part of an A+ Certified solution for nLight® or XPoint™ Wireless

control networks marked by a shaded background*



TM

CLX L48 3000LM SEF FDL MVOLT GZ10 40K 80CRI WHFULLERTON COLLEGE YR 6

PO# P0129866 C1

llara

Polygon

Notes:


Page 2 of 16

CLX

INDUSTRIAL: One Lithonia Way, Conyers, GA 30012 Phone: 800-315-4963 www.lithonia.com © 2017-2019 Acuity Brands Lighting, Inc. All rights reserved. Rev. 01/16/19

CLX LED Linear

ORDERING INFORMATION Lead times will vary depending on options selected. Consult with your sales representative. Example: CLX L48 5000LM SEF WDL MVOLT GZ10 40K 80CRI WH

Series Length Nominal lumens Performance package Louver Lens

CLX LED linear L24 24" 1,2

L36 36" 2

L48 48"

L96 96"

1500LM 1,500 lumens

2000LM 2,000 lumens

2500LM 2,500 lumens

3500LM 3,500 lumens

4500LM 4,500 lumens

5000LM 5,000 lumens 3,4

2250LM 2,250 lumens

3000LM 3,000 lumens

3750LM 3,750 lumens

5250LM 5,250 lumens

6750LM 6,750 lumens

7500LM 7,500 lumens3,4

3000LM 3,000 lumens

4000LM 4,000 lumens

5000LM 5,000 lumens

7000LM 7,000 lumens2


10000LM 10,000 lumens 2,4

6000LM 6,000 lumens

8000LM 8,000 lumens

10000LM 10,000 lumens

14000LM 14,000 lumens 2,4

18000LM 18,000 lumens 2,4

20000LM 20,000 lumens 2,4

SEF Standard efficiency5

HEF Premium efficiency

(Blank) Less louver

SBLW Straight blade louver, white6

SBLMB Straight blade louver, matte black6

SBLGV Straight blade louver, galvanized6

SBLSKGY Straight blade louver, smoke gray6

L/Lens Less lens

FDL Flat diffuse 7,8

RDL Round diffuse 7,8

WDL Wide diffuse 7,8

Distribution Voltage Driver14 Color temperature Coloring rendering index

(Blank) General

ND Narrow8,9

WD Wide8,9

AD2 Aisle, 24° off center8,9

MVOLT 120-277V10

120 120V

208 208V

240 240V

277 277V

347 347V11,12

480 480V11,12

GZ10 0 -10V dimming14

EZ1 Dimming to 1%2

30K 3000 K

35K 3500 K

40K 4000 K

50K 5000 K

80CRI 80 CRI

90CRI 90 CRI

Options Finish

PS1050 Emergency battery pack, 10W, non-CEC compliant 2,12,15,16,17

E10WLCP Emergency battery pack, 10W Linear Constant Power, CA Title 20 compliant 2,12,15,16,17

BGTD Generator transfer device, not avaialble with PS105012,15,18

OCS 5', 18/3 Reloc selectable One Pass cable15

HA High ambient, for use in ambient temperatures up to 50°C

EPNKO Decorative endplate, no knock out19

OUTCTR Wiring leads pulled through back center of fixture22

OUTEND Wiring leads pulled through end of fixture20

CS1W Staight blade plug, 120V10,15

CS3W NEMA twist-lock plug, 120V10,15





CS93W 600V SEOOW white cord, no plug (no voltage required)

CS6G16STOWD5D 6' white cord, 16/5, no plug, includes low voltage dimming wires (no voltage required)14

PLR__ Plug-in wiring, see page 16 for ordering information

PLR1LVG Plug-in wiring,low voltage dimming21

RRL__ RELOC®-ready luminaire. See page 15 for ordering information

SPD Surge protection device, provides up to 6kV protection15,22

USPOM Assembled in the United States

Individual controls: 23

MSD7 PIR integral occupancy sensor

MSDPDT7 PDT 7 dual technology integral occupancy control

MSD7ADC PIR integral occupancy sensor with automatic dimming control photocell

MSDPDT7ADC PDT integral occupancy sensor with automatic dimming control photocell

Xpoint™ Wireless: 23

XAD XPoint™ Wireless 0-10V relay, internal, lower max ambient24

XAD924 XPoint™ Wireless 0-10V relay, internal, lower max ambient with emergency relay (UL924 compliant)

nLight® Wired: 23

N100 nLight® without lumen management

NES7 nLight® nES 7 PIR integral occupancy sensor25

NESPDT7 nLight® nES PDT 7 dual technology integral occupancy control25

NES7ADCX nLight® nES 7 ADCX PIR integral occupancy sensor with automatic dimming photocell25

NESPDT7ADCX nLight® nES PDT 7 dual technology integral occupancy sensor with automatic dimming photocell25

nLight® Wireless: 26

NLTAIR2 RES7 nLight® Generation 2 enabled PIR integral occupancy sensor with automatic dimming photocell 26

NLTAIR2 RES7PDT nLight AIR Generation 2 enabled dual technology integral occupancy sensor with automatic dimming photocell 26

NLTAIR2 RIO No sensor control 26

WH White

GALVW Galvanized with white lens end caps

GALVB Galvanized with black lens end caps

MB Matte black

SKGYW Smoke gray with white lens end caps

SKGYB Smoke gray with black lens end caps

See Accessories and footnotes on next page


PO# P0129866 C1

CLX LED linear

L48 48" 3000LM 3,000 lumens

SEF Standard efficiencyy5 (Blank) Less louver

FDL Flat diffusee 7,8

(Blank) General MVOLT 120-277VV10 GZ10 0 -10V dimmingg14

40K 4000 K

80CRI 80 CRI

WH White

llara

Polygon

Notes:


Page 3 of 16

CLX


CLX LED Linear


ZACVH Aircraft cable 120" (one pair)

ZAC120 One adjustable aircraft cable with canopy 120"

ZACFP120 One adjustable aircraft cable with feed (3 conductor) and canopy, 120"

ZACFPD120 One adjustable aircraft cable with feed (5 conductor) and canopy 120"




SQ_ Stem kit, 2" increments up to 48"

THCLX __ Tong hanger (Must specify color) (one pair)27

CLXANGBKT ___ Angle bracket, (Must specify color) (one pair)27

HC36 Hanger chain, 36" (one pair)

LSXR Sensor Switch ® LSXR occupancy sensor

NPP16D nLight® switching/dimming module

NPP16DER nLight® switching/dimming module with emergency relay

rPP20D nLight® air dimming/switching module

XPA CMRB0 XPoint™ Wireless 0-10V relay, external, 55°C max ambient

CLXRW24__ Wide decorative 24" reflector, (Must specify color)28



CLXRW96__ Two wide decorative 48" reflectors, (Must specify color)27

CLXRWU24__ Wide decorative 24" reflector with uplight, (Must specify color)28



CLXRWU96__ Two wide decorative 48" reflectors with uplight, (Must specify color)28

CLXRN24 Narrow 24" reflector, (Must specify color)29



CLXRN96__ Two narrow 48" reflectors, (Must specify color) 29

WGCLX24__ 24" wireguard, (Must specify color)30


WGCLX48__ 48" wireguard, XX, (Must specify color) 96" fixture requires two30

Notes

1 Not available with OUTCTR option.

2 Not available with HA option.

3 Not available with SEF when ordered in combination with EZ1.

4 Not available with NLTAIR2 RES7, NLTAIR2 RES7PDT, or NLTAIR2 RIO.

5 Not available with EZ1 when ordered with L24 with 5000LM or L36 with 7500LM.

6 When ordered with L24 only available with 1500LM or 2000LM in combination with GZ10 driver. Not for use

with THCLX, CLXANGBKT, CLX reflectors or WGCLX accessories. Not available with RDL lens options.

7 Only available with general distribution.

8 Not available with CLXRN accessories.

9 Available L/LENS only.

10 Not available with PS1050, E10WLCP, or BGTD.

11 Voltage selected utilizes a step-down transformer. Not available with L24 when ordered with N100.Not avail-

able with PS1050, E10WLCP or BGTD option.

12 Requires SPD option.

13 When continuous row mounting, fixtures must all have the same driver selection.

14 Not available with Individual controls, nLight wired networking, nLight wireless networking, nLight wireless

zone control options.

15 Must specify voltage.

16 Not available with L24 or L36. Not available with L48 in combination with N100.

17 Not available with BGTD option.

18 Available with L48 or L96 only. 20 Not available with PS1050 or E10WLCP options. Not available with 208 or

240V. Not available Individual controls, NLight Wired, or NLight Wireless options.

19 Not available OUTEND.

20 Not available with PLR options.

21 Not available with XPoint, Individual controls, NLight Wired, or NLight Wireless options.

22 Required with PS1050, E10WLCP, BGTD, XAD, or XAD924.

23 Not available with any other control option. Requires EZ1.

24 SPD Option required.

25 Requires N100 option.

26 Not available with L24 in combination with 5000LM, not available with L36 in combination with 7500LM, not

available with L48 in combination with 10000LM, and not available with L96 in combination with 14000LM,

18000LM, or 20000LM. Not available with PLRs containing low voltage dimming wires.

27 Not available with louver, wireguards, wide reflectors.

28 L24 reflector is 22.65", L36 reflector is 34.01", L48 reflector is 46.80", L96 comes with two L48 reflectors.

29 For use with L/LENS fixtures only. L24 reflector is 22.75", L36 reflector is 34.20", L48 reflector is 46.85", L96

comes with two L48 reflectors.

30 Not for use with CLX wide reflector accessories.

PS1050 https://www.acuitybrands.com/products/detail/369448/Power-Sentry/PS1050/Reduced-Profile-LED-Emergency-Battery-Pack Factory installable

E10WLCP https://www.acuitybrands.com/products/detail/755258/Power-Sentry/PS1055LCP-Battery-Pack/Constant-Power-Field-Installable-LED-Emergency-Driver Factory installable

PS1555LCP https://www.acuitybrands.com/products/detail/755258/Power-Sentry/PS1055LCP-Battery-Pack/Constant-Power-Field-Installable-LED-Emergency-DriverField installable,

remote mount only

POWER SENTRY EMERGENCY BATTERY PACKS

Efficiency Package SEF HEF

PS1050 1400 1500

PS1055LCP 1400 1500

PS1555LCP 2000 2100

EMERGENCY LUMENS

Note: For emergency lumen output of specific model, please consult factory. One board will be illuminated during emergency operation.


PO# P0129866 C1

llara

Polygon

Notes:


Page 4 of 16

CLX


CLX LED Linear

CLX OPERATIONAL DATA

Length

Nominal

lumen

package

Performance

packageCRI

Delivered Lumens

Color Temperature Wattage

3000K 3500K 4000K 5000K

L/Lens

L24

1500LM

SEF80 1497 1540 1582 1619 10.85

90 1305 1333 1371 1441 10.85

HEF80 1493 1514 1582 1586 10.39

90 1220 1237 1301 1301 10.39

2000LM

SEF80 2066 2125 2183 2235 14.48

90 1801 1840 1892 1989 14.48

HEF80 2060 2089 2183 2189 13.46

90 1684 1708 1796 1796 13.46

2500LM

SEF80 2616 2689 2763 2829 18.41

90 2279 2329 2394 2517 18.41

HEF80 2607 2644 2763 2771 17.42

90 2132 2161 2273 2273 17.42

3500LM

SEF80 3518 3617 3716 3804 25.83

90 3065 3132 3220 3385 25.83

HEF80 3506 3556 3716 3726 25.04

90 2867 2907 3057 3057 25.04

4500LM

SEF80 5040 5182 5325 5451 38.7

90 4392 4487 4614 4851 38.7

HEF80 5024 5096 5325 5339 34.8

90 4108 4165 4380 4380 34.8

5000LM

SEF80 5355 5506 5657 5791 41.48

90 4667 4767 4902 5153 41.48

HEF80 5338 5414 5657 5672 38.11

90 4364 4425 4653 4653 38.11

L36

2250LM

SEF80 2411 2547 2101 2207 16.36

90 2479 2607 2146 2320 16.36

HEF80 2437 2554 1965 2095 15.47

90 2547 2403 1992 2095 15.47

3000LM

SEF80 3221 3388 2730 2868 20.8

90 3310 3133 2789 3015 20.8

HEF80 3167 3319 2553 2722 19.98

90 3310 3123 2589 2722 19.98

3750LM

SEF80 4123 4337 3495 3671 26.47

90 4236 4010 3570 3859 26.47

HEF80 4054 4248 3268 3485 25.09

90 4236 3997 3314 3485 25.09

5250LM

SEF80 5545 5833 4700 4937 39.9

90 5698 5393 4801 5190 39.9

HEF80 5452 5713 4396 4687 34.3

90 5698 5376 4457 4687 34.3

6750LM

SEF80 7081 7448 6001 6303 54.85

90 7275 6886 6131 6627 54.85

HEF80 6962 7294 5613 5984 47.97

90 7275 6864 5691 5984 47.97

7500LM

SEF80 7756 8158 6574 6905 62.6

90 7969 7543 6716 7260 62.6

HEF80 7626 7991 6148 6555 54.02

90 7969 7519 6234 6555 54.02


PO# P0129866 C1

llara

Polygon

Notes:


Page 5 of 16

CLX


CLX LED Linear

CLX OPERATIONAL DATA continued

LengthNominal

lumen

package

Performance

packageCRI

Delivered Lumens


3000K 3500K 4000K 5000K

L/Lens

L48

3000LM

SEF80 3019 3104 3190 3265 20.32

90 2631 2688 2764. 2906. 20.32

HEF80 3010 3052 3190 3198 19.01

90 2461 2495 2624 2624 19.01

4000LM

SEF80 4034 4148 4262 4363 27.58

90 3515 3591 3693 3882 27.58

HEF80 4021 4078 4262 4273 24.75

90 3288 3334 3505 3505 24.75

5000LM

SEF80 5047 5189 5332 5458 34.8

90 4398 4493 4620 4857 34.8

HEF80 5031 5102 5332 5346 31.77

90 4113 4171 4386 4386 31.77

7000LM

SEF80 7311 7517 7724 7907 49.05

90 6371 6509 6692 7036 49.05

HEF80 7288 7391 7724 7744 44.67

90 5959 6042 6353 6353 44.67

9000LM

SEF80 9215 9475 9735 9967 63.99

90 8031 8204 8435 8869 63.99

HEF80 9186 9317 9735 9762 58.58

90 7511 7615 8008 8008 58.58

10000LM

SEF80 10299 10590 10880 11139 73.37

90 8975 9169 9427 9912 73.37

HEF80 10266 10412 10880 10910 66.27

90 8394 8511 8950 8950 66.27

L96

6000LM

SEF80 5942 6110 6278 6427 38.15

90 5178 5290 5439 5719 38.15

HEF80 5923 6008 6278 6294 35.54

90 4843 4911 5164 5164 35.54

8000LM

SEF80 7929 8153 8376 8575 52.32

90 6910 7059 7258 7631 52.32

HEF80 7903 8016 8376 8399 48.5

90 6462 6552 6890 6890 48.5

10000LM

SEF80 9808 10085 10362 10608 66.47

90 8548 8732 8978 9439 66.47

HEF80 9777 9916 10362 10390 60.89

90 7994 8106 8523 8523 60.89

14000LM

SEF80 14323 14727 15131 15491 94.78

90 12482 12752 13111 13784 94.78

HEF80 14277 14480 15131 15172 85.96

90 11674 11836 12447 12447 85.96

18000LM

SEF80 18458 18979 19500 19963 128.98

90 16086 16433 16896 17764 128.98

HEF80 18399 18661 19500 19552 116.92

90 15044 15254 16040 16040 116.92

20000LM

SEF80 20386 20962 21537 22048 146.83

90 17766 18150 18661 19619 146.83

HEF80 20321 20610 21537 21595 131.6

90 16616 16847 17716 17716 131.6


PO# P0129866 C1

llara

Polygon

Notes:


Page 6 of 16

CLX


CLX LED Linear


LengthNominal

lumen package

Performance package

CRI

Delivered Lumens


3000K 3500K 4000K 5000K

RDL

L24

1500LM

SEF80 1359 1397 1436 1470 10.85

90 1184 1210 1244 1308 10.85

HEF80 1355 1374 1436 1439 10.39

90 1107 1123 1181 1181 10.39

2000LM

SEF80 1875 1928 1981 2028 14.48

90 1634 1670 1717 1805 14.48

HEF80 1869 1896 1981 1987 13.46

90 1528 1550 1630 1630 13.46

2500LM

SEF80 2374 2441 2508 2567 18.41

90 2069 2113 2173 2284 18.41

HEF80 2366 2400 2508 2514 17.42

90 1935 1962 2063 2063 17.42

3500LM

SEF80 3192 3282 3372 3452 25.83

90 2782 2842 2922 3072 25.83

HEF80 3182 3227 3372 3381 25.04

90 2602 2638 2774 2774 25.04

4500LM

SEF80 4574 4703 4832 4947 38.7

90 3986 4072 4187 4402 38.7

HEF80 4560 4624 4832 4845 34.8

90 3728 3780 3975 3975 34.8

5000LM

SEF80 4860 4997 5134 5256 41.48

90 4235 4327 4448 4677 41.48

HEF80 4844 4913 5134 5148 38.11

90 3961 4016 4223 4223 38.11

L36

2250LM

SEF80 2188 2250 2311 2366 16.36

90 1907 1948 2003 2106 16.36

HEF80 2181 2212 2311 2318 15.47

90 1783 1808 1901 1901 15.47

3000LM

SEF80 2843 2924 3004 3075 20.8

90 2478 2531 2603 2736 20.8

HEF80 2834 2875 3004 3012 19.98

90 2317 2350 2471 2471 19.98

3750LM

SEF80 3639 3742 3845 3936 26.47

90 3171 3240 3331 3502 26.47

HEF80 3628 3679 3845 3855 25.09

90 2966 3007 3162 3162 25.09

5250LM

SEF80 4895 5033 5171 5294 39.9

90 4265 4357 4480 4710 39.9

HEF80 4879 4948 5171 5185 34.3

90 3989 4045 4253 4253 34.3

6750LM

SEF80 6250 6426 6602 6759 54.85

90 5446 5564 5721 6014 54.85

HEF80 6230 6318 6602 6620 47.97

90 5094 5165 5431 5431 47.97

7500LM

SEF80 6846 7039 7232 7404 62.6

90 5966 6095 6266 6588 62.6

HEF80 6824 6921 7232 7252 54.02

90 5580 5657 5949 5949 54.02


PO# P0129866 C1

llara

Polygon

Notes:


Page 7 of 16

CLX


CLX LED Linear


Length

Nominal

lumen

package

Performance

packageCRI

Delivered Lumens


3000K 3500K 4000K 5000K

RDL

L48

3000LM

SEF80 2740 2817 2895 2963 20.32

90 2388 2439 2508 2637 20.32

HEF80 2731 2770 2895 2902 19.01

90 2233 2264 2381 2381 19.01

4000LM

SEF80 3661 3764 3868 3959 27.58

90 3190 3259 3351 3523 27.58

HEF80 3649 3701 3868 3878 24.75

90 2984 3025 3181 3181 24.75

5000LM

SEF80 4580 4710 4839 4954 34.8

90 3992 4078 4193 4408 34.8

HEF80 4566 4631 4839 4852 31.77

90 3733 3785 3980 3980 31.77

7000LM

SEF80 6635 6822 7009 7176 49.05

90 5782 5907 6073 6385 49.05

HEF80 6614 6708 7009 7028 44.67

90 5408 5483 5766 5766 44.67

9000LM

SEF80 8363 8599 8835 9045 63.99

90 7288 7446 7655 8049 63.99

HEF80 8336 8455 8835 8859 58.58

90 6816 6911 7268 7268 58.58

10000LM

SEF80 9347 9611 9874 10109 73.37

90 8145 8321 8556 8995 73.37

HEF80 9317 9450 9874 9901 66.27

90 7618 7724 8122 8122 66.27

L96

6000LM

SEF80 5393 5545 5697 5832 38.15

90 4700 4801 4936 5190 38.15

HEF80 5375 5452 5697 5712 35.54

90 4395 4457 4686 4686 35.54

8000LM

SEF80 7196 7399 7602 7782 52.32

90 6271 6406 6587 6925 52.32

HEF80 7173 7275 7602 7622 48.5

90 5865 5946 6253 6253 48.5

10000LM

SEF80 8902 9153 9404 9627 66.47

90 7757 7925 8148 8567 66.47

HEF80 8873 8999 9404 9429 60.89

90 7255 7356 7735 7735 60.89

14000LM

SEF80 12999 13366 13732 14058 94.78

90 11328 11573 11899 12510 94.78

HEF80 12957 13142 13732 13769 85.96

90 10594 10742 11296 11296 85.96

18000LM

SEF80 16751 17224 17697 18117 128.98

90 14598 14913 15334 16121 128.98

HEF80 16698 16936 17697 17744 116.92

90 13653 13843 14557 14557 116.92

20000LM

SEF80 18501 19023 19545 20009 146.83

90 16123 16471 16935 17805 146.83

HEF80 18442 18705 19545 19598 131.6

90 15079 15290 16078 16078 131.6


PO# P0129866 C1

llara

Polygon

Notes:


Page 8 of 16

CLX


CLX LED Linear


LengthNominal

lumen package

Performance package

CRI

Delivered Lumens


3000K 3500K 4000K 5000K

FDL

L24

1500LM

SEF80 1320 1358 1395 1428 10.85

90 1151 1175 1208 1271 10.85

HEF80 1316 1335 1395 1399 10.39

90 1076 1091 1147 1147 10.39

2000LM

SEF80 1822 1874 1925 1971 14.48

90 1588 1622 1668 1754 14.48

HEF80 1816 1842 1925 1930 13.46

90 1485 1506 1583 1583 13.46

2500LM

SEF80 2306 2371 2436 2494 18.41

90 2010 2053 2111 2219 18.41

HEF80 2299 2332 2436 2443 17.42

90 1880 1906 2004 2004 17.42

3500LM

SEF80 3102 3189 3277 3354 25.83

90 2703 2761 2839 2985 25.83

HEF80 3092 3136 3277 3285 25.04

90 2528 2563 2695 2695 25.04

4500LM

SEF80 4444 4570 4695 4807 38.7

90 3873 3957 4068 4277 38.7

HEF80 4430 4493 4695 4708 34.8

90 3622 3673 3862 3862 34.8

5000LM

SEF80 4722 4855 4988 5107 41.48

90 4115 4204 4322 4544 41.48

HEF80 4707 4774 4988 5002 38.11

90 3848 3902 4103 4103 38.11

L36

2250LM

SEF80 2126 2186 2246 2299 16.36

90 1852 1892 1946 2046 16.36

HEF80 2119 2149 2246 2252 15.47

90 1732 1757 1847 1847 15.47

3000LM

SEF80 2762 2840 2918 2988 20.8

90 2407 2459 2529 2659 20.8

HEF80 2754 2793 2918 2926 19.98

90 2251 2283 2401 2401 19.98

3750LM

SEF80 3536 3636 3735 3824 26.47

90 3081 3148 3237 3403 26.47

HEF80 3525 3575 3735 3745 25.09

90 2882 2922 3073 3073 25.09

5250LM

SEF80 4755 4890 5024 5143 39.9

90 4144 4234 4353 4577 39.9

HEF80 4740 4808 5024 5037 34.3

90 3876 3930 4132 4132 34.3

6750LM

SEF80 6072 6243 6415 6567 54.85

90 5292 5406 5558 5844 54.85

HEF80 6053 6139 6415 6432 47.97

90 4949 5018 5276 5276 47.97

7500LM

SEF80 6651 6839 7027 7194 62.6

90 5796 5922 6088 6401 62.6

HEF80 6630 6725 7027 7046 54.02

90 5421 5497 5780 5780 54.02


PO# P0129866 C1

llara

Polygon

Notes:


Page 9 of 16

CLX


CLX LED Linear


Length

Nominal

lumen

package

Performance

packageCRI

Delivered Lumens


3000K 3500K 4000K 5000K

FDL

L48

3000LM

SEF80 2662 2737 2812 2879 20.32

90 2320 2370 2437 2562 20.32

HEF80 2654 2691 2812 2820 19.01

90 2170 2200 2313 2313 19.01

4000LM

SEF80 3557 3657 3758 3847 27.58

90 3100 3167 3256. 3423 27.58

HEF80 3546 3596 3758 3768 24.75

90 2899 2939 3091 3091 24.75

5000LM

SEF80 4450 4576 4701 4813 34.8

90 3878 3962 4073 4283 34.8

HEF80 4436 4499 4701 4714 31.77

90 3627 3678 3867 3867 31.77

7000LM

SEF80 6446 6628 6810 6972 49.05

90 5618 5739 5901 6204 49.05

HEF80 6426 6517 6810 6829 44.67

90 5254 5327 5602 5602 44.67

9000LM

SEF80 8126 8355 8584 8788 63.99

90 7081 7234 7438 7820 63.99

HEF80 8100 8215 8584 8607 58.58

90 6623 6715 7061 7061 58.58

10000LM

SEF80 9081 9338 9594 9822 73.37

90 7914 8085 8313 8740 73.37

HEF80 9052 9181 9594 9620 66.27

90 7402 7505 7892 7892 66.27

L96

6000LM

SEF80 5240 5387 5535 5667 38.15

90 4566 4665 4796 5042 38.15

HEF80 5223 5297 5535 5550 35.54

90 4270 4330 4553 4553 35.54

8000LM

SEF80 6991 7189 7386 7561 52.32

90 6093 6224 6400 6728 52.32

HEF80 6969 7068 7386 7406 48.5

90 5698 5778 6075 6075 48.5

10000LM

SEF80 8649 8893 9137 9354 66.47

90 7537 7700 7917 8323 66.47

HEF80 8621 8744 9137 9161 60.89

90 7049 7147 7516 7516 60.89

14000LM

SEF80 12630 12986 13342 13659 94.78

90 11006 11244 11561 12154 94.78

HEF80 12589 12768 13342 13378 85.96

90 10293 10437 10975 10975 85.96

18000LM

SEF80 16276 16735 17194 17602 128.98

90 14184 14490 14898 15663 128.98

HEF80 16223 16454 17194 17240 116.92

90 13265 13450 14143 14143 116.92

20000LM

SEF80 17976 18483 18990 19441 146.83

90 15665 16004 16454 17300 146.83

HEF80 17918 18173 18990 19041 131.6

90 14651 14855 15621 15621 131.6


PO# P0129866 C1

llara

Polygon

Notes:


Page 10 of 16

CLX


CLX LED Linear


LengthNominal

lumen package

Performance package

CRI

Delivered Lumens


3000K 3500K 4000K 5000K

WDL

L24

1500LM

SEF80 1377 1415 1454 1489 10.85

90 1200 1226 1260 1325 10.85

HEF80 1372 1392 1454 1458 10.39

90 1122 1138 1196 1196 10.39

2000LM

SEF80 1900 1953 2007 2055 14.48

90 1656 1691 1739 1828 14.48

HEF80 1894 1921 2007 2012 13.46

90 1548 1570 1651 1651 13.46

2500LM

SEF80 2405 2472 2540 2601 18.41

90 2095 2141 2201 2314 18.41

HEF80 2397 2431 2540 2547 17.42

90 1960 1987 2090 2090 17.42

3500LM

SEF80 3234 3325 3416 3497 25.83

90 2818 2879 2960 3112 25.83

HEF80 3223 3269 3416 3426 25.04

90 2636 2672 2810 2810 25.04

4500LM

SEF80 4634 4765 4895 5012 38.7

90 4038 4125 4242 4459 38.7

HEF80 4619 4685 4895 4908 34.8

90 3777 3829 4027 4027 34.8

5000LM

SEF80 4923 5062 5201 5324 41.48

90 4290 4383 4506 4738 41.48

HEF80 4907 4977 5201 5215 38.11

90 4012 4068 4278 4278 38.11

L36

2250LM

SEF80 2216 2279 2341 2397 16.36

90 1931 1973 2029 2133 16.36

HEF80 2209 2241 2341 2348 15.47

90 1806 1832 1926 1926 15.47

3000LM

SEF80 2880 2962 3043 3115 20.8

90 2510 2564 2636 2772 20.8

HEF80 2871 2912 3043 3051 19.98

90 2347 2380 2503 2503 19.98

3750LM

SEF80 3687 3791 3895 3987 26.47

90 3213 3282 3375 3548 26.47

HEF80 3675 3727 3895 3905 25.09

90 3005 3047 3204 3204 25.09

5250LM

SEF80 4958 5098 5238 5362 39.9

90 4321 4414 4539 4772 39.9

HEF80 4942 5013 5238 5252 34.3

90 4041 4097 4309 4309 34.3

6750LM

SEF80 6331 6510 6688 6847 54.85

90 5517 5636 5795 6093 54.85

HEF80 6311 6401 6688 6706 47.97

90 5160 5232 5502 5502 47.97

7500LM

SEF80 6935 7131 7326 7500 62.6

90 6044 6174 6348 6674 62.6

HEF80 6913 7011 7326 7346 54.02

90 5652 5731 6027 6027 54.02


PO# P0129866 C1

llara

Polygon

Notes:


Page 11 of 16

CLX


CLX LED Linear


LengthNominal

lumen package

Performance package

CRI

Delivered Lumens


3000K 3500K 4000K 5000K

WDL

L48

3000LM

SEF80 2776 2854 2932 3002 20.32

90 2419 2471 2541 2671 20.32

HEF80 2767 2806 2932 2940 19.01

90 2262 2294 2412 2412 19.01

4000LM

SEF80 3709 3813 3918 4011 27.58

90 3232 3302 3395 3569 27.58

HEF80 3697 3749 3918 3929 24.75

90 3023 3065 3223 3223 24.75

5000LM

SEF80 4640 4771 4902 5018 34.8

90 4044 4131 4247 4465 34.8

HEF80 4625 4691 4902 4915 31.77

90 3782 3834 4032 4032 31.77

7000LM

SEF80 6721 6911 7101 7269 49.05

90 5857 5984 6152 6469 49.05

HEF80 6700 6795 7101 7120 44.67

90 5478 5554 5841 5841 44.67

9000LM

SEF80 8472 8711 8950 9163 63.99

90 7383 7543 7755 8154 63.99

HEF80 8445 8565 8950 8974 58.58

90 6905 7001 7362 7362 58.58

10000LM

SEF80 9469 9736 10003 10240 73.37

90 8252 8430 8667 9112 73.37

HEF80 9438 9573 10003 10030 66.27

90 7717 7825 8228 8228 66.27

L96

6000LM

SEF80 5463 5617 5771 5908 38.15

90 4761 4864 5001 5258 38.15

HEF80 5445 5523 5771 5787 35.54

90 4452 4515 4747 4747 35.54

8000LM

SEF80 7289 7495 7701 7884 52.32

90 6353 6490 6672 7015 52.32

HEF80 7266 7370 7701 7722 48.5

90 5941 6024 6334 6334 48.5

10000LM

SEF80 9017 9272 9526 9752 66.47

90 7858 8028 8254 8678 66.47

HEF80 8988 9117 9526 9552 60.89

90 7349 7452 7836 7836 60.89

14000LM

SEF80 13168 13540 13911 14241 94.78

90 11476 11723 12054 12673 94.78

HEF80 13126 13313 13911 13949 85.96

90 10732 10882 11443 11443 85.96

18000LM

SEF80 16970 17448 17927 18353 128.98

90 14788 15108 15533 16331 128.98

HEF80 16915 17156 17927 17975 116.92

90 13831 14024 14746 14746 116.92

20000LM

SEF80 18742 19271 19800 20270 146.83

90 16333 16686 17156 18037 146.83

HEF80 18682 18948 19800 19853 131.6

90 15276 15489 16287 16287 131.6


PO# P0129866 C1

llara

Polygon

Notes:


Page 12 of 16

CLX


CLX LED Linear

Nominal Lumen

PackageLength

WattageLength Width Depth Comparable

Light SourceStandard efficiency High efficiency

120V 277V 347V 480V 120V 277V 347V 480V Dimensions are shown in inches

2500LM 24" 19.9 19.9 25.9 25.9 18.5 18.5 24.5 24.5 24 3.5 3.75 1-lamp 32WT8, 1-lamp 54W T5HO, 50W HID





10000LM 48" 77.1 77.1 83.1 83.1 70.4 70.4 76.4 76.4 48 3.5 3.75 3 -lamp 32WT8, 2-lamp 54W T5HO, 100W HID

10000LM 96" 70.8 70.8 76.8 76.8 65.8 65.8 71.8 71.8 96 3.5 3.75 3 -lamp 32WT8, 2-lamp 54W T5HO, 100W HID

20000LM 96" 154.2 154.2 160.2 160.2 140.8 140.8 146.8 146.8 96 3.5 3.75 6 - lamp 32WT8, 4 -lamp 54T5HO, 200W HID

CLX CHARACTERISTICS

AMBIENT TEMPERATURE RATINGS

Driver Package GZ10 EZ1 or EOHN Any Driver

LengthLumen

packageDirect

SurfaceTHCLX/

Suspended

HA Option (Direct or

Suspended)

Direct Surface

THCLXSuspended

18"

Xpoint/BGTD Direc t

Surface

PS1050 Suspended

L24

1500LM 40C 40C

N/A

35C 35C 35C

N/A N/A

2000LM 40C 40C 35C 35C 35C

2500LM 40C 40C 35C 35C 35C

3000LM 40C 40C 40C 40C 40C

4500LM 40C 40C 35C 35C 40C

5000LM 40C 40C 25C 30C 35C

L36

2250LM 40C 40C 40C 40C 40C

3000LM 40C 40C 40C 40C 40C

3750LM 40C 40C 40C 40C 40C

5250LM 40C 40C 35C 35C 40C

6750LM 30C 40C 35C 35C 40C

7500LM 30C 40C 25C 30C 35C

L48

3000LM 40C 40C 50C 40C 40C 40C

35C 25C

4000LM 40C 40C 50C 40C 40C 40C

5000LM 40C 40C 50C 35C 35C 40C

7000LM 30C 40C

N/A

35C 35C 40C

9000LM 30C 40C 25C 30C 35C

10000LM 30C 40C 25C 30C 35C

L96

6000LM 40C 40C 50C 35C 35C 40C

8000LM 30C 40C 50C 35C 35C 40C

10000LM 30C 40C 50C 25C 30C 35C

14000LM 40C 40C

N/A

35C 35C 40C

18000LM 30C 40C 25C 30C 35C

20000LM 30C 40C 25C 30C 35C


PO# P0129866 C1

llara

Polygon

Notes:


Page 13 of 16

CLX


CLX LED Linear

DIMENSIONSAll dimensions are in inches (centimeters) unless otherwise indicated.

Dimensions may vary with options or accessories.

A ABCA B C

INTEGRATED SENSOR ADDS 4.75 INCHES TO STANDALONE FIXTURE LENGTHHOUSING END CAP ADDS 0.236 INCHES TO FIXTURE LENGTH PER SIDE. DIMENSIONS BELOW INCLUDE ENDCAPS.

A - 7/8" KNOCK OUTB - 0.5" by 0.16" SLOTC - 0.3" DIA HOLE

THCLX - SHIPS TWO PER ORDER, UTILIZES A #8 HEX HEAD SCREW AND NUTFIXTURE SITS 1.3 INCHES FROM STRUCTURE WHEN MOUNTED

CLXANGBKT - SHIPS TWO PER ORDERHOLES TO MOUNTING STRUCTURE ARE 0.175" DIA, 2.5" APARTFIXTURE SITS APPROXIMATELY 3.5" FROM STRUCTURE WHEN MOUNTED HORIZONTAL TO STRUCTURE

8.24

L96

L48

L36

L24

A B C C B A

C C

C C

A

A

A

A

3.552.36

96.475.24

4.57

2.363.61

7.743.35

2.36

48.474.84

3.352.36

2.2435.68

2.24

2.2424.32

2.242.99

LengthApprox Weight

Fixtures per pallet

Pallet Dims (L X W X H)

L24 4 lb 100 54x46x37

L36 5 lb 80 54x46x37

L48 7.5 lb 64 54x46x37

L96 14 lb 64 98x46x37

PALLET DIMENSIONS

PHOTOMETRICSSee www.lithonia.com.

2.72

3.44

3.58

3.44

4.01

5.27

3.44

2.29

1.50 3.10

3.63

1.17

2.50

A AA

AL/LENS

FDLRDL

WDL


PO# P0129866 C1

llara

Polygon

Notes:


Page 14 of 16

CLX


CLX LED Linear

Compatible RELOC® Cables for Industrial Luminaires (ordered and shipped separately)

OCS OCU

DC PT

OD

Series Wiring instructions

RRL RELOC®-ready luminaire A Hot conductor wired to position #1 (phase A)

B Hot conductor wired to position #2 (phase B)

C Hot conductor wired to position #3 (phase C) 1

ORDERING INFORMATION Lead times will vary depending on options selected. Consult with your sales representative. Example: RRLA

Notes

1 C, ABE, and C12S options are not used with Quick-Flex QFC,

QSFC, QPT, and QD.

RRL RELOC®-Ready Luminaire• RRL connectors can be used with Quick-Flex®, System 820 and OnePass® systems.

• Load side of connector factory installed to luminaire.

• 4-pole mating connector with push-in terminations allows for simple installation.

• Touch-safe design on both halves meets UL/CSA requirement.

• Wiping contact design allows safe disconnect under load.


PO# P0129866 C1

llara

Polygon

Notes:


Page 15 of 16

CLX


CLX LED Linear

PRODUCT INFORMATIONAdvanced plug-in system with two-circuit capability. Available on industrial and strip products and a variety of architectural

products mounted in continuous rows. 1, 2, 3 and 4-lamp fixtures. PLR22 (2-circuit) and crossover harness switches hot circuit

serving next fixture in row. Reduces fixture types on job for alternating circuit applications (see example below.)

Easy one-step installation, saves up to 35% on labor costs. Expanded switching flexibility helps save energy.

Rows can be 50% longer with two-circuit systems. Polarized, lock-together nylon connectors prevent miswiring in the field. #12

THHN conductor, rated 600V, 90°C. White neutral wire included. Grounding accomplished by fixture in-row connectors.

CSA certified systems available with up to 2 circuits. G ground required.

Note: Specifications subject to change without notice.

Wiring

PLRAdvanced 1 or 2-Circuit Plug-In

Typical Applications

• Multiple-circuit and single-circuit for longer continuous rows

• Multiple-circuit with alternating fixtures on separate circuits

and 2-circuit (PLR 22)

• Multiple circuit with night-lights located along row as desired

Series Number of hot wires Branch circuits Dimming Ground

PLR

PLR22

(blank) Not required for 22

1 Black

2 Black and red

Circuits to which ballast is connected

(blank) Not required for 22

A Black wire

B Red wire

Emergency circuit connected

(blank) No emergency circuit

ELA Emergency circuit wired to black wire

ELB Emergency circuit wired to red wire

LV Low-voltage dimming

G Ground

ORDERING INFORMATION Lead times will vary depending on options selected. Consult with your sales representative.

Passive Infrared Indoor Occupancy Sensor

LSXRSingle Relay

PRODUCT INFORMATIONA standard occupancy time delay is also present to ensure lights turn off (once minimum on timer has

also elapsed) if no occupancy is detected.

This timer is factory set at 10 minutes to promote energy savings, but is adjustable between 30 seconds

and 30 minutes. These adjustments may be done through the unit’s push-button.

FEATURES

• Four interchangeable lenses - high mount 360°, low mount 360°, high mount aisleway, and small

motion 360°.

• Integrated mounting bracket drops lens down 3" from chase nipple - no bracket accessory required.

• 100% digital PIR detection - provides excellent RF immunity


ORDERING INFORMATION Lead times will vary depending on options selected. Consult with your sales representative. Example: LSXR 10 ADC HVOLT 30M

LSXR

Series Lens option Dimming/photocell

LSXR Passive Infrared Indoor Occupancy Sensor

(blank) No lens

6 High mount, 360®

10 Low mount, 360°

50 High mount aisleway

9 Small motion, 360°

610 High and low mount 360°

650 High mount 360° and aisleway

3PK High and low mount 360° and aisleway

4PK All lenses

(blank) None

HL High/low occupancy operation

P Switching photocell (on/off)

ADC Dimming and switching photocell

ANL Dimming and switching photocell with high/low occupancy operation

Voltage Max dim level Min dim level Lead length Temp humidity Default time delay

(blank) 120-277 VAC (MVOLT)

HVOLT 347-480 VAC

(blank) 10 VDC

9H 9 VDC

8H 8 VDC

7H 7 VDC

(blank) Minimum dimming level of ballast

1V 1 VDC

2V 2 VDC

3V 3 VDC

4V 4 VDC

5V 5 VDC

6V 6 VDC

(blank) 14"

42L 42"

(blank) None

LT Low temperature

(blank) 10 minutes (with minimum 15 minutes on time)

5M 5 minutes (LED only)

15M 15 minutes

20M 20 minutes

30M 30 minutes

For additional information see www.lithonia.com


PO# P0129866 C1

llara

Polygon

Notes:


Page 16 of 16

CLX


CLX LED Linear

OPTIONS AND ACCESSORIES

Narrow reflectorShips separtely from fixture.

Order as:CLXRN24__CLXRN36__CLXRN48__CLXRN96__

Wide decorative reflectorShips separtely from fixture.

Order as:CLXRW24__CLXRW36__CLXRW48__CLXRW96__

WireguardShips separately from fixture:

96" fixture requires two WGCLX48.Order as:

WGCLX24__WGCLX36__WGCLX48__

Aircraft Cable with CanopyAvailable in 120" or 240"

Order as:ZAC120ZAC240

HANGER CHAIN36" chain with Y hanger. ships as a pair

Order as:HC36

ZACVH HANGER10' Aircraft cable with Y hanger.

Order as:ZACVH

Tong hangerShips as a pair

Order As:THCLX__


PO# P0129866 C1

llara

Polygon

Notes:


Page 1 of 16





















L70>100,000 hours at 25˚C.








open the fixture.















LED Linear


Catalog

Number

Notes

Type

INDUSTRIAL CLX

Flat Diffuse Lens

Round Diffuse Lens

Wide Diffuse Lens



Product IDDLC

Premium



















commissioning.







TM

CLX L48 3000LM SEF FDL 277 GZ10 40K 80CRI E10WLCP SPD WHFULLERTON COLLEGE YR 6

PO# P0129866 C1E

llara

Polygon

Notes:


Page 2 of 16

CLX


CLX LED Linear




L36 36" 2

L48 48"

L96 96"

1500LM 1,500 lumens

2000LM 2,000 lumens

2500LM 2,500 lumens

3500LM 3,500 lumens

4500LM 4,500 lumens

5000LM 5,000 lumens 3,4

2250LM 2,250 lumens

3000LM 3,000 lumens

3750LM 3,750 lumens

5250LM 5,250 lumens

6750LM 6,750 lumens

7500LM 7,500 lumens3,4

3000LM 3,000 lumens

4000LM 4,000 lumens

5000LM 5,000 lumens



10000LM 10,000 lumens 2,4

6000LM 6,000 lumens

8000LM 8,000 lumens

10000LM 10,000 lumens

14000LM 14,000 lumens 2,4

18000LM 18,000 lumens 2,4

20000LM 20,000 lumens 2,4



(Blank) Less louver





L/Lens Less lens





(Blank) General

ND Narrow8,9

WD Wide8,9


MVOLT 120-277V10

120 120V

208 208V

240 240V

277 277V

347 347V11,12

480 480V11,12


EZ1 Dimming to 1%2

30K 3000 K

35K 3500 K

40K 4000 K

50K 5000 K

80CRI 80 CRI

90CRI 90 CRI

Options Finish






























nLight® Wired: 23










WH White



MB Matte black





PO# P0129866 C1E

CLX LED linear

L48 48" 3000LM 3,000 lumens



(Blank) General GZ10 0 -10V dimmingg14

40K 4000 K

80CRI 80 CRI

WH White

277 277V

SPD Surge protection device,g pprovides up to 6kV protectionn15,

E10WLCP Emergency battery pack, 10W Linear Constang y y pPower, CA Title 20 compliantt 2,12,15,16,17

llara

Note

llara

Polygon

Notes:


Page 3 of 16

CLX


CLX LED Linear

































Notes









































remote mount only



PS1050 1400 1500

PS1055LCP 1400 1500

PS1555LCP 2000 2100

EMERGENCY LUMENS



PO# P0129866 C1E

llara

Polygon

Notes:


Page 1 of 16





















L70>100,000 hours at 25˚C.








open the fixture.















LED Linear


Catalog

Number

Notes

Type

INDUSTRIAL CLX

Flat Diffuse Lens

Round Diffuse Lens

Wide Diffuse Lens



Product IDDLC

Premium



















commissioning.







TM

CLX L48 5000LM SEF FDL MVOLT GZ10 40K 80CRI WH C2FULLERTON COLLEGE YR 6

PO# P0129866

llara

Polygon

Notes:


Page 2 of 16

CLX


CLX LED Linear




L36 36" 2

L48 48"

L96 96"

1500LM 1,500 lumens

2000LM 2,000 lumens

2500LM 2,500 lumens

3500LM 3,500 lumens

4500LM 4,500 lumens

5000LM 5,000 lumens 3,4

2250LM 2,250 lumens

3000LM 3,000 lumens

3750LM 3,750 lumens

5250LM 5,250 lumens

6750LM 6,750 lumens

7500LM 7,500 lumens3,4

3000LM 3,000 lumens

4000LM 4,000 lumens

5000LM 5,000 lumens



10000LM 10,000 lumens 2,4

6000LM 6,000 lumens

8000LM 8,000 lumens

10000LM 10,000 lumens

14000LM 14,000 lumens 2,4

18000LM 18,000 lumens 2,4

20000LM 20,000 lumens 2,4



(Blank) Less louver





L/Lens Less lens





(Blank) General

ND Narrow8,9

WD Wide8,9


MVOLT 120-277V10

120 120V

208 208V

240 240V

277 277V

347 347V11,12

480 480V11,12


EZ1 Dimming to 1%2

30K 3000 K

35K 3500 K

40K 4000 K

50K 5000 K

80CRI 80 CRI

90CRI 90 CRI

Options Finish






























nLight® Wired: 23










WH White



MB Matte black




CLX L48 5000LM SEF FDL MVOLT GZ10 40K 80CRI WH C2

CLX LED linear

L48 48"




40K 4000 K

80CRI 80 CRI

WH White

5000LM 5,000 lumens

MVOLT 120-277VV10


llara

Polygon

Notes:


Page 3 of 16

CLX


CLX LED Linear

































Notes









































remote mount only



PS1050 1400 1500

PS1055LCP 1400 1500

PS1555LCP 2000 2100

EMERGENCY LUMENS


CLX L48 5000LM SEF FDL MVOLT GZ10 40K 80CRI WH C2FULLERTON COLLEGE YR 6

PO# P0129866

llara

Polygon

Notes:


Page 1 of 16





















L70>100,000 hours at 25˚C.








open the fixture.















LED Linear


Catalog

Number

Notes

Type

INDUSTRIAL CLX

Flat Diffuse Lens

Round Diffuse Lens

Wide Diffuse Lens



Product IDDLC

Premium



















commissioning.







TM

CLX L48 5000LM SEF FDL 277 GZ10 40K 80CRI E10WLCP SPD WH C2EFULLERTON COLLEGE YR 6

PO# P0129866

llara

Polygon

Notes:


Page 2 of 16

CLX


CLX LED Linear




L36 36" 2

L48 48"

L96 96"

1500LM 1,500 lumens

2000LM 2,000 lumens

2500LM 2,500 lumens

3500LM 3,500 lumens

4500LM 4,500 lumens

5000LM 5,000 lumens 3,4

2250LM 2,250 lumens

3000LM 3,000 lumens

3750LM 3,750 lumens

5250LM 5,250 lumens

6750LM 6,750 lumens

7500LM 7,500 lumens3,4

3000LM 3,000 lumens

4000LM 4,000 lumens

5000LM 5,000 lumens



10000LM 10,000 lumens 2,4

6000LM 6,000 lumens

8000LM 8,000 lumens

10000LM 10,000 lumens

14000LM 14,000 lumens 2,4

18000LM 18,000 lumens 2,4

20000LM 20,000 lumens 2,4



(Blank) Less louver





L/Lens Less lens





(Blank) General

ND Narrow8,9

WD Wide8,9


MVOLT 120-277V10

120 120V

208 208V

240 240V

277 277V

347 347V11,12

480 480V11,12


EZ1 Dimming to 1%2

30K 3000 K

35K 3500 K

40K 4000 K

50K 5000 K

80CRI 80 CRI

90CRI 90 CRI

Options Finish






























nLight® Wired: 23










WH White



MB Matte black




CLX L48 5000LM SEF FDL 277 GZ10 40K 80CRI E10WLCP SPD WH C2E

CLX LED linear

L48 48"




40K 4000 K

80CRI 80 CRI

WH White

5000LM 5,000 lumens


277 277V

E10WLCP Emergency battery pack, 10W Linear Constantg y y pPower, CA Title 20 compliantt 2,12,15,16,17

SPD Surge protection device,g pprovides up to 6kV protection15

llara

Polygon

Notes:


Page 3 of 16

CLX


CLX LED Linear

































Notes









































remote mount only



PS1050 1400 1500

PS1055LCP 1400 1500

PS1555LCP 2000 2100

EMERGENCY LUMENS


CLX L48 5000LM SEF FDL 277 GZ10 40K 80CRI E10WLCP SPD WH C2EFULLERTON COLLEGE YR 6

PO# P0129866

llara

Polygon

Notes:


Page 1 of 12

FEATURES & SPECIFICATIONSINTENDED USE — The BLWP LED Wrap/ Wall bracket expands the BLT family with the features and

aesthetics of the popular BLT and BLTR center basket design with a clean, versatile style and volumetric

distribution. High efficacy LED light engines deliver energy savings and low maintenance compared to

traditional sources. An extensive selection of configurations and options make the BLWP the perfect

choice for many lighting applications including schools, offices, stairwells and other commercial spaces.

With multiple mounting options, easy installation, and controls configurations, the BLWP is an excellent

choice for renovation and new construction.

CONSTRUCTION — BLWP enclosure components are die-formed for dimensional consistency. For 2'

and 4' product, hinged door frame allows easy access to electrical components and mounting locations

without having to remove additional parts. For 8' product, suspension aircraft cables allow easy access

to electrical components and mounting locations without having to remove additional parts. Available

in three paint finishes: white (pre-paint), painted after fabrication white, and natural aluminum.

Diffusers are extruded from impact modified acrylic for increased durability. Optional polycarbonate

lens available for additional impact resistance, as well as Tamper Proof screws.

OPTICS — Volumetric illumination is achieved by creating an optimal mix of light to walls, partitions

and vertical and horizontal work surfaces – rendering the interior space, objects and occupants in a

more balanced, complimentary luminous environment. High performance extruded acrylic diffusers

conceal LEDs and efficiently deliver light in a volumetric distribution. Five diffuser choices available

- curved and square designs with linear prisms, a smooth frosted finish, and a smooth polycarbonate

finish.

ELECTRICAL — Long-life LEDs, coupled with high-efficiency drivers, provide superior quantity

and qualityof illumination for extended service life. 80% LED lumen maintenance at 60,000 hours

(L80/60,000). Replaces 2 lamp fluorescent.

Configurable BLWP: Available in High Efficiency (HE) versions for applications where a lower wattage

(over the standard product) is required. The High Efficiency versions deliver >130 LPW and can be

specified via the Lumen Package designations in the Ordering Information on page 2.

eldoLED driver options deliver choice of dimming range, and choices for control, while assuring flicker-

free, low-current inrush, 89% efficiency and low EMI.

Optional integrated nLight®controls make each luminaire addressable - allowing it to digitally

communicate with other nLight enabled controls such as dimmers, switches, occupancy sensors and

photocontrols. Connection to nLight is simple. It can be accomplished with integrated nLight AIR wireless

or through standard Cat-5 cabling. nLight offers unique plug-and-play convenience as devices and

luminaires automatically discover each other and self-commission, while nLight AIR is commissioned

easily through an intuitive mobile app.

Lumen Management: Unique lumen management system (option N80) provides on board intelligence

that actively manages the LED light source so that constant lumen output is maintained over the system

life, preventing the energy waste created by the traditional practice of over-lighting.


CONTROLS — Integrated sensor (individual control): Sensor Switch MSD7ADCX (Passive infrared

(PIR)) or MSDPDT7ADCX (PIR/Microphonics Dual Tech (PDT)) integrated occupancy sensor/automatic

dimming photocell allows the luminaire to power off when the space is unoccupied or enough ambient

light is entering the space.

Integrated Sensor (nLight Wired Networking): This sensor is nLight-enabled, meaning it has

the ability to communicate over an nLight network. When wired, using CAT-5 cabling, with other

nLight-enabled sensors, power packs, or WallPods, an nLight control zone is created. Once linked to a

Gateway, directly or via a Bridge, the zone becomes capable of remote status monitoring and control

via SensorView software. See page 5 for the nLight sensor options.

Integrated Smart Sensor (nLight AIR Wireless Platform): The rES7 sensor is nLight AIR enabled,

meaning it has the ability to communicate over the wireless nLight control platform. It is available

with an automatic dimming photocell, and either a digital PIR or dual technology occupancy sensor.

It pairs to other luminairs and wall switches through our mobile app, CLAIRITY PRO, which allows for

simple sensor adjustment. See page 5 for more details on the Integrated Smart Sensor.

INSTALLATION — Intended for surface or suspend mounting. For row mounting and quick mounting to

junction boxes see accessories section. Suitable for damp location.

LISTINGS — CSA Certified to meet U.S. and Canadian standards.

DesignLights Consortium® (DLC) Premium qualified product. Not all versions of this product may be DLC

Premium qualified. Please check the DLC Qualified Products List at www.designlights.org/QPL to confirm

which versions are qualified.






Low Profile LED Wraparound

BLWP2', 4' and 8' Lengths

Catalog

Number

Notes

Type

LED BLWP



commissioning.



• This luminaire is part of an A+ Certified solution for nLight® or control networks

marked by a shaded background*






TM

Specifications

2' Dimensions

Length: 24 (60.96)

Width: 5.50 (13.97)

Depth: 3.50 (8.89)

4' Dimensions

Length: 48 (121.92)

Width: 5.50 (13.97)

Depth: 3.50 (8.89)

8' Dimensions

Length: 96 (243.84)

Width: 5.50 (13.97)

Depth: 3.50 (8.89)

5.50

3.50

3.50



BLWP4 40L ADSM GZ10 LP840

D1

llara

Polygon

Notes:


Page 2 of 12

BLWP

LED: One Lithonia Way, Conyers, GA 30012 Phone: 800-858-7763 www.lithonia.com © 2018 Acuity Brands Lighting, Inc. All rights reserved. Rev. 11/19/18

BLWP Low Profile LED Wraparound

ORDERING INFORMATION Lead times will vary depending on options selected. Consult with your sales representative. Example: BLWP4 40L ADP GZ10 LP840

Series Lumens1 Lens/Diffuser Driver Driver Color Temperature

BLWP2 2' LED Wraparound



Standard Efficiency (>100 LPW)

8L 800 Lumens

20L 2000 Lumens

33L 3300 Lumens

40L 4000 Lumens

48L 4800 Lumens

15L 1500 Lumens

20L 2000 Lumens

30L 3000 Lumens

40L 4000 Lumens

48L 4800 Lumens

60L 6000 Lumens

72L 7200 Lumens

85L 8500 Lumens

100L 10000 Lumens

40L 4000 Lumens

60L 6000 Lumens

80L 8000 Lumens

100L 10000 Lumens

140L 14000 Lumens

180L 18000 Lumens

200L 20000 Lumens

High Efficiency (>130 LPW) 1

8LHE 800 Lumens

20LHE 2000 Lumens

33LHE 3300 Lumens

40LHE 4000 Lumens

48LHE 4800 Lumens

15LHE 1500 Lumens

20LHE 2000 Lumens

30LHE 3000 Lumens

40LHE 4000 Lumens

48LHE 4800 Lumens

60LHE 6000 Lumens

72LHE 7200 Lumens

85LHE 8500 Lumens

100LHE 10000 Lumens

40LHE 4000 Lumens

60LHE 6000 Lumens

80LHE 8000 Lumens

100LHE 10000 Lumens

140LHE 14000 Lumens

180LHE 18000 Lumens

200LHE 20000 Lumens


ADSM Curved, smooth


SDSM Square, smooth

PDSM Curved, smooth polycarbonate 2






PDSMT Curved, smooth polycarbonate 2

(blank) MVOLT

120 120V

277 277V

347 347V 3

EZ1 eldoLED dims to 1% (0-10v dimming)

GZ1 Generic dims to 1% (0-10v dimming)4


LP830 82CRI, 3000K

LP835 82CRI, 3500K

LP840 82CRI, 4000K

LP850 82CRI, 5000K

LP930 90CRI, 3000K

LP935 90CRI, 3500K

LP940 90CRI, 4000K

LP950 90CRI, 5000K

nLight Interface Control Standy mode Options Finish

nLight Wired

(blank) no nLight® interface


N80EMG nLight with 80% lumen management 5 For use with generator supply EM power


N100EMG nLight without lumen management 5 For use with generator supply EM power

nLight Wireless



nLight Wired

(blank) no nLight control

NES7 nLight™ nES 7 PIR integral occupancy sensor 7,8

NESPDT7 nLight™ nES PDT 7 dual technology integral occupancy control 7,8

NES7ADCX nLight™ nES 7 ADCX PIR integral occupancy sensor with automatic dimming photocell 7,8

NESPDT7ADCX nLight™ nES PDT 7 dual technology integral occupancy sensor with automatic dimming photocell 7,8

nLight Wireless


RES7 nLight AIR PIR integral occupancy sensor with automatic dimming photocell for Networking Capabilities Individual Control 7,11

RES7PDT nLight AIR PIR integral occupancy sensor with automatic dimming photocell for Zone Control 7,11

RIO nLight AIR radio module without sensor 7,11

Individual Control

MSD7ADCX PIR integral occupancy sensor with automatic dimming control photocell 7,9,10

MSDPDT7ADCX PDT integral occupancy sensor with with automatic dimming control photocell 7,9,10

(blank) Fixture turns off when unoccupied

DIM10 Fixture dims to approximately 10% light output when unoccupied 12


NOC Occupancy sensor disabled 13


EL7L 700 nominal lumens battery pack 15

EL14L 1400 nominal lumens battery pack15

BGTD Bodine Generator Transfer Device 16


QMB Quick Mount Bracket 17

TRS Tamper Resistant Screw 18

GLR Fast-blowing fuse 19

GMF Slow-blowing fuse 19-

FAO Field Adjustable Output 20

PLR__ Plug-in wiring, see page 4 for ordering information21

PLR1LVG Plug-in wiring,low voltage dimming21,22

(blank) Standard pre-paint white

PAF Paint After Fabrication White

DNA Paint After Fabrication Natural Aluminum

See Stock configurations Accessories and footnotes on next page



BLWP4 40L ADSM GZ10 LP840FULLERTON COLLEGE YR 6 PO# P0129866 D1


40L 4000 Lumens

ADSM Curved, smooth

(blank) MVOLT

GZ10 Generic dimsto 10% (0-10

LP840 82CRI, 4000K

llara

Polygon

Notes:


Page 3 of 12

BLWP




PART number CI CODE QTY Description Application

BLWPCR *250A0S 1 CONTINUOUS ROW MOUNT BRACKET WHT FOR USE ON BLWP4 ONLY, FOR STD Finish AND PAF

BLWPCRDNA *250A1S 1 CONTINUOUS ROW MOUNT BRACKET DNA FOR USE ON BLWP4 ONLY, FOR DNA FINISH

BLWP8CR *2543C6 1 CONTINUOUS ROW MOUNT BRACKET WHT FOR USE ON BLWP8 ONLY, FOR STD Finish AND PAF

BLWP8CRDNA *2543CA 1 CONTINUOUS ROW MOUNT BRACKET DNA FOR USE ON BLWP8 ONLY, FOR DNA FINISH

BLWPCG36 F1 *264R3P 1 BLWPCG36 F1 ADJUSTABLE AIRCRAFT CABLE GRIPPER KIT, 36 INCH F1 CEILING TYPE

BLWPCG36 F2 *264R4G 1 BLWPCG36 F2 CABLE GRIPPER KIT, 36 INCH F2 CEILING TYPE

BLWPCG72 F1 *264R4H 1 BLWPCG72 F1 CABLE GRIPPER KIT, 72 INCH F1 CEILING TYPE

BLWPCG72 F2 *264R4M 1 BLWPCG72 F2 CABLE GRIPPER KIT, 72 INCH F2 CEILING TYPE

BLWPCGF36 F1 *264R4R 1 BLWPCGF36 F1 KIT WITH POWER FEED 36 INCH F1 CEILING TYPE

BLWPCGF36 F2 *264R4U 1 BLWPCGF36 F2 KIT WITH POWER FEED 36 INCH F2 CEILING TYPE

BLWPCGF72 F1 *264R4V 1 BLWPCGF72 F1 KIT WITH POWER FEED 72 INCH F1 CEILING TYPE

BLWPCGF72 F2 *264R4X 1 BLWPCGF72 F2 KIT WITH POWER FEED 72 INCH F2 CEILING TYPE

BLWPCGE36 F1 *264R50 1 BLWPCGE36 F1 KIT WITH EMERGENCY POWER FEED 36 INCH F1 CEILING TYPE

BLWPCGE36 F2 *264R5T 1 BLWPCGE36 F2 KIT WITH EMERGENCY POWER FEED 36 INCH F2 CEILING TYPE

BLWPCGE72 F1 *264R5V 1 BLWPCGE72 F1 KIT WITH EMERGENCY POWER FEED 72 INCH F1 CEILING TYPE

BLWPCGE72 F2 *264R53 1 BLWPCGE72 F2 KIT WITH EMERGENCY POWER FEED 72 INCH F2 CEILING TYPE

BLWP TRS T15 BIT *2516KU 1 BLWP TRS T15 BIT T15 with Pin, Torx bit for TRS option

BLWPQMB *250A2S 1 BLWP Quick Mount BracketQuick Mount Bracket for installation to junction boxes without having to remove any parts in the fixture, 4ft fixture only.

Notes

1 Approximate lumen output. All versions may not achieve 130+ LPW including 90CRI and versions with integral

sensor trim. Refer to photometry on www.acuitybrands.com. See QPL for latest DLC listings.

2 Not available with HE (high efficiency) performance package on BLWP2 and BLWP4 only.

3 Not available with E10WLCP, EL7L, EL14L, BGTD or BLWP4 > 85L/ 85LHE.

4 Not available with nLight Interface or Controls.

5 Requires a connection to existing nLight network. Power is provided from a separate NLIGHT enabled fixture or

external power pack.

6 Must select nLight wireless control

7 Must select Lens/Diffuser type with Trim Rings.

8 Requires EZ1 and nLight interface wired option to be specified.

9 Not available with nLight interface.

10 0-10V wires are not accessible via access plate.

11 Requires EZ1 and NLTAIR2 to be specified. Only available with 60L or lower lumen packages on the BLWP4. Only

available with 100LHE/80L lumen packages or lower on the BLWP8.

12 Requires occupancy control. Must be ordered with nLight Wired or Individual Control sensor option. Not avail-

able with NLTAIR2 sensor option.

13 Only available with RES7 or RES7PDT. Occupancy sensor disabled at factory but can be re-enabled upon com-

missioning.

14 Only available with EZ1 driver option.

15 Only available on BLWP8, 8ft length version of this fixture, in lumen packages 140L or less.

16 Not available with emergency battery options. Must specify voltage. Requires BSE labeling, voltage specific.

Consult factory for options. Example: BGTD BSE10.

17 Only available with BLWP4 (4') fixture.

18 Accessory BLWP TRS T15 BIT available to be ordered with this option. See Accessories section page 3. Order as

separate item.

19 Must specify voltage. 120 or 277, with GLR and GMF fusing.

20 Must specify EZ1 driver. Not available with lumen packages > 6000LM. FAO restricts use of external dimming

controls. See chart on page 3 for additional details.

21 Not available with BLWP2.

22 Not available with Controls options or nLight interface.

23 For ADP lens only, for additional lens options refer to photometry on www.acuitybrands.com.


Ci code Catalog Description * UPC Lumens Wattage LPW Color Temperature Voltage Pallet QTY

*264V2M BLWP2 20L SDSM LP835 191848282045 2000 16 125 3500 K 120-277 80

*264V2L BLWP2 20L SDSM LP840 191848282038 2000 16 125 4000 K 120-277 80

*264CH0 BLWP2 33L ADP LP835 191848080825 3300 30 110 3500 K 120-277 80

*264CH1 BLWP2 33L ADP LP840 191848080832 3300 30 110 4000 K 120-277 80

*264CH2 BLWP2 40L ADP LP835 191848080849 4000 37 108 3500 K 120-277 80

*264CH4 BLWP2 40L ADP LP840 191848080856 4000 37 108 4000 K 120-277 80

*264V2K BLWP4 30L ADP LP835 191848282021 3000 25 120 3500 K 120-277 70

*264V2H BLWP4 30L ADP LP840 191848281994 3000 25 120 4000 K 120-277 70

*264CH5 BLWP4 40L ADP LP835 191848080863 4000 35 114 3500 K 120-277 70

*264CH6 BLWP4 40L ADP LP840 191848080870 4000 35 114 4000 K 120-277 70

*264CH7 BLWP4 48L ADP LP835 191848080900 4800 39 123 3500 K 120-277 70

*264CH8 BLWP4 48L ADP LP840 191848080917 4800 39 123 4000 K 120-277 70


llara

Polygon

Notes:


Page 4 of 12

BLWP




2' Version Replacement Lens

*264F5E DBLWP24 ADP

*264F5F DBLWP24 SDP

*264F5H DBLWP24 ADSM

*264F5J DBLWP24 SDSM

*264F5L DBLWP24 ADPT

*264F5P DBLWP24 SDPT

*264F5U DBLWP24 ADSMT

*264F5W DBLWP24 SDSMT

*264F66 DBLWP24 PDSM

*264F67 DBLWP24 PDSMT


*264F69 DBLWP48 ADP

*264F6E DBLWP48 SDP

*264F6F DBLWP48 ADSM

*264F6G DBLWP48 SDSM

*264F6H DBLWP48 ADPT

*264F6K DBLWP48 SDPT

*264F6L DBLWP48 ADSMT

*264F6N DBLWP48 SDSMT

*264F6W DBLWP48 PDSM

*264F6X DBLWP48 PDSMT


*2543CE DBLWP96 ADP

*2543CG DBLWP96 SDP

*2543CJ DBLWP96 ADSM

*2543CM DBLWP96 SDSM

*2543CN DBLWP96 ADPT

*2543CP DBLWP96 SDPT

*2543CR DBLWP96 ADSMT

*2543CS DBLWP96 SDSMT

*2543CW DBLWP96 PDSM

*2543CX DBLWP96 PDSMT
















0-10 Voltage Dimmer




Step 7 9.0 VDC 98% 100%

Step 6 8.0 VDC 88% 86%

Step 5 7.0 VDC 86% 82%

Step 4 6.0 VDC 82% 80%

Step 3 5.0 VDC 76% 75%

Step 2 4.0 VDC 71% 72%

Step 1 3.0 VDC 67% 71%




llara

Polygon

Notes:


Page 5 of 12

BLWP



PRODUCT INFORMATIONAdvanced plug-in system with three-circuit capability. Available on industrial and strip products and a variety of architectural

products mounted in continuous rows. 1, 2, 3 and 4-lamp fixtures. PLR22 (2-circuit) and PLR33 (3-circuit) crossover harness switches

hot circuit serving next fixture in row. Reduces fixture types on job for alternating circuit applications (see example below.)

Easy one-step installation, saves up to 35% on labor costs. Expanded switching flexibility helps save energy.

Rows can be 50% longer with two-circuit systems. Polarized, lock-together nylon connectors prevent miswiring in the field. #12

THHN conductor, rated 600V, 90°C. White neutral wire included. Grounding accomplished by fixture in-row connectors.

CSA certified systems available with up to 2 circuits. G ground required.


Wiring

PLRAdvanced 3-Circuit Plug-In

Typical Applications

• Multiple-circuit and single-circuit for longer continuous rows

• Multiple-circuit with alternating fixtures on separate circuits,

2-circuit (PLR 22) and 3-circuit (PLR 33)

• Multiple circuit with night-lights located along row as desired

TYPICAL APPLICATIONS

PLR 3 C PLR 3 C PLR 3 C PLR 3 C PLR 2 B PLR 2 B PLR 2 B PLR 2 B PLR 1 PLR 1 PLR 1

(All PLR22)

Circuit A Circuit B Circuit A Circuit B Circuit A Circuit B Circuit A Circuit B Circuit A Circuit B Circuit A

(All PLR33)

Circuit A Circuit B Circuit C Circuit A Circuit B Circuit C Circuit A Circuit B Circuit C Circuit A Circuit B

PLR 3 A PLR 3 A PLR 3 A PLR 3 C PLR 3 B PLR 3 B PLR 3 B PLR 3 C PLR 3 A PLR 3 A PLR 3 A

Series Number of hot wires Branch circuits Dimming Ground

PLR

PLR22

PLR33

(blank) Not required for 22 or 33

1 Black

2 Black and red

3 Black, red and blue

Circuits to which ballast is connected

(blank) Not required for 22 or 33

A Black wire

B Red wire

C Blue wire

Emergency circuit connected

(blank) No emergency circuit

ELA Emergency circuit wired to black wire

ELB Emergency circuit wired to red wire

ELC Emergency circuit wired to blue wire

LV Low-voltage dimming

(blank) No ground in PLR

G Ground. Maximum 2 circuits

ORDERING INFORMATION Lead times will vary depending on options selected. Consult with your sales representative.


llara

Polygon

Notes:


Page 6 of 12

BLWP







MIN

LIG

HT

LEVE

LMAX

7.5 MINTIME DELAY



Room Unoccupied




5.5 184.6 153.7 122.7 91.8 60.9 30 m 0 ft0.9 31.8 62.7 93.7 124.6 155.5 18

9 FT Mounting


and 20 ft (6.10 m)



• 1.75x up to 20 ft (6.10 m).





Mini 360° Lens

Basic nLight Zone





nLight AIR Wireless

nLight AIR is the ideal solution for retrofit or new construction spaces where adding additional wiring can be labor intensive and costly. nLight AIR is available with or without an integral sensor. The integrated rES 7 or rES7 PDT smart sensor is part of each luminaire in the nLight AIR network, which can be grouped to control multiple luminaires. The granularity of control with the digital PIR occupancy detection and daylight sensing makes a great solution for any application.


MIN

LIG

HT

LEVE

L

MAX

17.5 MINTIME DELAY



Room Unoccupied





H N H N H N


BLWP Series



3. With CLAIRITY PRO app, pair the fixtures with the wall switch and if desired, customize the sensor settings for the desired outcome

Simple as 1,2,3

Sensor Options

OptionAutomatic

Dimming Photocell



MSD7ADCX X X

MSDPDT7ADCX X X

NES7 X X

NES7ADCX X X X

NESPDT7 X X

NESPDT7ADCX X X X

RES7 X X X

RES7PDT X X X X


llara

Polygon

Notes:


Page 7 of 12

BLWP



MOUNTING INFORMATION

For unit or row installation; surface or suspend mounting. Accessory Images

Suspension Methods:

Aircraft Cable SuspensionOrder one BLWPCG_, BLWPCGF_, or BLWPCGE_ required for each suspension point.

F1 for use with most T-bar and screw slot grid ceiling applications. Designed for on-grid and off-grid installations.

F2 for use with recessed or surface-mount horizontal J-box applications..

See Accessories page on page 3 for part numbers configurations.

All dimensions are inches (centimeters) unless otherwise noted.DIMENSIONS

(QMB) Quick Mount Bracket

Quick Mount Bracket allows easy installation to junction boxes

without having to remove any parts in the fixture.

BLWPCR - continuous row mount bracket

Order one (1) BLWPCR bracket per fixture for continuous row ap-

plications. Order one hanger(Aircraft Cable Suspension Kit or Stem

Suspension Kit) per fixture plus one per joiner required.

Note: 2' and 8' configurations not available with QMB accessory.

Stem SuspensionIndividual installation — Two single-stem hangers required.

Note: 2' configurations with emergency option cannot be stem mounted.


llara

Polygon

Notes:


Page 8 of 12

BLWP



PHOTOMETRICSBLWP2 33L ADP LP835, 3332 delivered lumens, test no. ISF 37666, tested in accordance to IESNA LM-79.

0° 20°

40°

60°

80°

90°

0°0°0° 90°

180°

200

400

600

800

1000


117106968779736762585451

117100877667605449444138

11796796758514540363230

11497847465585248434037

11493786657504439353229

11489725950433833302724

10792797062555045413835

10788746354484238343128

10785695749423732292624

RC

R

0123456789

10


7901286227830961842102332363332

23.738.668.492.95.56.37.07.1

100.0

23.738.668.492.95.56.37.07.1

100.0

CP Summary0° 90

0°5°15°25°35°45°55°65°75°85°90

10241009962867745604456303158360

10241027982910809694567436309202161

BLWP2 40L ADP LP835, 3923 delivered lumens, test no. ISF 37668, tested in accordance to IESNA LM-79.

0° 20°

40°

60°

80°

90°

0°0°0° 90°

180°

200

400

600

800

1000

1200


117106968780736762585451

117100877667605449444138

11796806758514540363230

11497847465585248434037

11493786657504439353229

11489726050433833302724

10792807062555045413835

10788746355484238343128

10785695849423732292624

RC

R

0123456789

10


9321519268736462152462732773923

23.838.768.592.95.56.37.07.1

100.0

23.838.768.592.95.56.37.07.1

100.0

CP Summary0° 90

0°5°15°25°35°45°55°65°75°85°90

1210119011301019870706527352179371

1210121911781100990856711560406268214


0° 20°

40°

60°

80°

90°

0°0°0°

180°

200

400

600

800

1000

1200


117106968779736762585451

117100877667605448444137

11795796758504440363229

11497847465585247434037

11493776657494439353229

11489725950433733292624

10792797062555045413835

10788746354484238343128

10785695749423632292623

RC

R

0123456789

10


10281681299140822492823073094391

23.438.368.193.05.76.47.07.0

100.0

23.438.368.193.05.76.47.07.0

100.0

CP Summary0°

0°5°15°25°35°45°55°65°75°85°90

13241321127411801043881705521343191138


0° 20°

40°

60°

80°

90°

0°0°0° 90°

180°

300

600

900

1200

1500


117105958779736762585451

117100867567595348444037

11795796757504439353229

11497847365585247433936

11493776556494339353229

11489715950433733292624

10791796961554945413835

10788736254474237343128

10784695748413632282623

RC

R

0123456789

10


11881944346447543083493813835137

23.137.867.492.56.06.87.47.5

100.0

23.137.867.492.56.06.87.47.5

100.0

CP Summary0° 90

0°5°15°25°35°45°55°65°75°85°90

15281517144713111129913691460233521

152815281488139812671102920731540370300


llara

Polygon

Notes:


Page 9 of 12

BLWP



PHOTOMETRICSBLWP8 40L ADP LP835, 4113 delivered lumens, test no. ISF 37290P226.

0° 20°

40°

60°

80°

90°

0°0°0° 90°

180°

200

400

600

800

1000

1200


117106968779736762585451

117100877667605449444138

11795796758514540363230

11497847465585248434037

11493776657504439353229

11489725950433833302724

10792797062555045413835

10788746354484238343128

10785695749423732292624

RC

R

0123456789

10


9791593281138252332632862884113

23.838.768.493.05.76.47.07.0

100.0

23.838.768.493.05.76.47.07.0

100.0

CP Summary0° 90

0°5°15°25°35°45°55°65°75°85°90

1263124611971083928750558378200579

12631263122311341011871722564410278221

BLWP8 60L ADP LP835, 6033 delivered lumens, test no. ISF 37290P386.

0° 20°

40°

60°

80°

90°

0°0°0° 90°

180°

300

600

900

1200

1500

1800


117106968779736762585451

117100877667605449444138

11795796758514540363230

11497847465585248434037

11493776657504439353229

11489725950433833302724

10792797062555045413835

10788746354484238343128

10785695749423732292624

RC

R

0123456789

10


14372336412456113423864204236034

23.838.768.493.05.76.47.07.0

100.0

23.838.768.493.05.76.47.07.0

100.0

CP Summary0° 90

0°5°15°25°35°45°55°65°75°85°90

1853182717561588136111018195552948413

1853185317941664148312771059828601408323


llara

Polygon

Notes:


Page 10 of 12

BLWP



How to Estimate Lumens in Emergency Mode

Use the formula below to estimate the delivered lumens

in emergency mode

Estimated Lumens = 1.25 x P x LPW

P = Ouput power of emergency driver. P = 10W for

E10WLCP option.

LPW = Lumen per watt rating of the luminaire. LPW

information available in Performance Data section.

Constant Lumen ManagementEnabled by the embedded nLight control, the BLT actively

tracks its run-time and manages its light source such that

constant lumen output is maintained over the system life.

Referred to as lumen management, this feature eliminates

the energy waste created by the traditional practice of

over-lighting.


POWER INPUT

LIGHTOUTPUT

100%

80%

30W

24W

LIG

HT

OU

TPU

T

POW

ER IN

PUT


Wasted Energy


100%

80%

30W

24W

LIG

HT

OU

TPU

T

POW

ER IN

PUTPOWER

INPUT

LIGHT OUTPUT


Saved Energy

BLWP PERFORMANCE DATA 23


BLWP2 8L ADP LP830 825 7 113

BLWP2 8L ADP LP835 855 7 117

BLWP2 8L ADP LP840 868 7 119

BLWP2 8L ADP LP850 893 7 123

BLWP2 20L ADP LP830 1876 17 113

BLWP2 20L ADP LP835 1942 17 117

BLWP2 20L ADP LP840 1973 17 119

BLWP2 20L ADP LP850 2029 17 123

BLWP2 33L ADP LP830 3180 30 107

BLWP2 33L ADP LP835 3332 30 112

BLWP2 33L ADP LP840 3345 30 112

BLWP2 33L ADP LP850 3440 30 115

BLWP2 40L ADP LP830 3914 37 105

BLWP2 40L ADP LP835 3923 37 105

BLWP2 40L ADP LP840 4117 37 110

BLWP2 40L ADP LP850 4234 37 113

BLWP2 48L ADP LP830 4772 44 109

BLWP2 48L ADP LP835 4940 44 112

BLWP2 48L ADP LP840 5019 44 114

BLWP2 48L ADP LP850 5162 44 118

BLWP4 15L ADP LP830 1372 11 126

BLWP4 15L ADP LP835 1420 11 131

BLWP4 15L ADP LP840 1443 11 133

BLWP4 15L ADP LP850 1484 11 137

BLWP4 20L ADP LP830 1985 16 127

BLWP4 20L ADP LP835 2055 16 131

BLWP4 20L ADP LP840 2088 16 133

BLWP4 20L ADP LP850 2147 16 137

BLWP4 30L ADP LP830 2960 25 118

BLWP4 30L ADP LP835 3065 25 123

BLWP4 30L ADP LP840 3114 25 125

BLWP4 30L ADP LP850 3203 25 128

BLWP4 40L ADP LP830 4027 35 117

BLWP4 40L ADP LP835 4391 35 127

BLWP4 40L ADP LP840 4236 35 123

BLWP4 40L ADP LP850 4357 35 126

BLWP4 48L ADP LP830 4948 40 124

BLWP4 48L ADP LP835 5137 40 129

BLWP4 48L ADP LP840 5205 40 131

BLWP4 48L ADP LP850 5353 40 134

BLWP4 60L ADP LP830 6059 49 123

BLWP4 60L ADP LP835 6273 49 127

BLWP4 60L ADP LP840 6373 49 129

BLWP4 60L ADP LP850 6555 49 133

BLWP4 72L ADP LP830 7088 59 121

BLWP4 72L ADP LP835 7338 59 125

BLWP4 72L ADP LP840 7455 59 127

BLWP4 72L ADP LP850 7668 59 131

BLWP4 85L ADP LP830 7972 68 117

BLWP4 85L ADP LP835 8253 68 121

BLWP4 85L ADP LP840 8385 68 123

BLWP4 85L ADP LP850 8624 68 127

BLWP4 100L ADP LP830 9316 85 110

BLWP4 100L ADP LP835 9645 85 114

BLWP4 100L ADP LP840 9799 85 116

BLWP4 100L ADP LP850 10079 85 119


llara

Polygon

Notes:


Page 11 of 12

BLWP



BLWP PERFORMANCE DATA (continued)


BLWP2 8LHE ADP LP830 851 8 113




BLWP2 20LHE ADP LP830 1932 16 120

BLWP2 20LHE ADP LP835 2000 16 125

BLWP2 20LHE ADP LP840 2032 16 127

BLWP2 20LHE ADP LP850 2090 16 130

BLWP2 33LHE ADP LP830 3272 26 127

BLWP2 33LHE ADP LP835 3388 26 131

BLWP2 33LHE ADP LP840 3442 26 133

BLWP2 33LHE ADP LP850 3540 26 137

BLWP2 40LHE ADP LP830 3991 32 126

BLWP2 40LHE ADP LP835 4132 32 130

BLWP2 40LHE ADP LP840 4198 32 133

BLWP2 40LHE ADP LP850 4318 32 136

BLWP2 48LHE ADP LP830 4881 39 126

BLWP2 48LHE ADP LP835 5053 39 130

BLWP2 48LHE ADP LP840 5134 39 132

BLWP2 48LHE ADP LP850 5280 39 136

BLWP4 15LHE ADP LP830 1375 11 127

BLWP4 15LHE ADP LP835 1424 11 131

BLWP4 15LHE ADP LP840 1447 11 134

BLWP4 15LHE ADP LP850 1488 11 137

BLWP4 20LHE ADP LP830 1985 16 127

BLWP4 20LHE ADP LP835 2055 16 131

BLWP4 20LHE ADP LP840 2088 16 133

BLWP4 20LHE ADP LP850 2147 16 137

BLWP4 30LHE ADP LP830 3012 24 127

BLWP4 30LHE ADP LP835 3118 24 131

BLWP4 30LHE ADP LP840 3168 24 133

BLWP4 30LHE ADP LP850 3258 24 137

BLWP4 40LHE ADP LP830 4181 33 127

BLWP4 40LHE ADP LP835 4329 33 132

BLWP4 40LHE ADP LP840 4398 33 134

BLWP4 40LHE ADP LP850 4524 33 137

BLWP4 48LHE ADP LP830 5033 39 130

BLWP4 48LHE ADP LP835 5211 39 135

BLWP4 48LHE ADP LP840 5294 39 137

BLWP4 48LHE ADP LP850 5445 39 141

BLWP4 60LHE ADP LP830 6280 47 133

BLWP4 60LHE ADP LP835 6502 47 137

BLWP4 60LHE ADP LP840 6606 47 140

BLWP4 60LHE ADP LP850 6795 47 144

BLWP4 72LHE ADP LP830 7303 56 129

BLWP4 72LHE ADP LP835 7561 56 134

BLWP4 72LHE ADP LP840 7682 56 136

BLWP4 72LHE ADP LP850 7901 56 140

BLWP4 85LHE ADP LP830 8567 69 124

BLWP4 85LHE ADP LP835 8869 69 129

BLWP4 85LHE ADP LP840 9011 69 131

BLWP4 85LHE ADP LP850 9268 69 134

BLWP4 100LHE ADP LP830 9898 80 124

BLWP4 100LHE ADP LP835 10247 80 128

BLWP4 100LHE ADP LP840 10411 80 130

BLWP4 100LHE ADP LP850 10708 80 134

Notes



llara

Polygon

Notes:


Page 12 of 12

BLWP



BLWP8 PERFORMANCE DATA BLWP8 HE PERFORMANCE DATA


BLWP8 40L ADP LP830 3953 30 131

BLWP8 40L ADP LP835 4113 30 136

BLWP8 40L ADP LP840 4107 30 136

BLWP8 40L ADP LP850 4246 30 141

BLWP8 60L ADP LP830 5799 47 122

BLWP8 60L ADP LP835 6034 47 127

BLWP8 60L ADP LP840 6107 47 130

BLWP8 60L ADP LP850 6229 47 132

BLWP8 80L ADP LP830 7643 63 121

BLWP8 80L ADP LP835 7952 63 126

BLWP8 80L ADP LP840 8035 63 127

BLWP8 80L ADP LP850 8210 63 130

BLWP8 100L ADP LP830 9628 82 118

BLWP8 100L ADP LP835 10017 82 123

BLWP8 100L ADP LP840 10133 82 124

BLWP8 100L ADP LP850 10342 82 127

BLWP8 140L ADP LP830 13265 120 111

BLWP8 140L ADP LP835 13802 120 115

BLWP8 140L ADP LP840 13961 120 116

BLWP8 140L ADP LP850 14249 120 119

BLWP8 180L ADP LP830 17781 147 121

BLWP8 180L ADP LP835 18501 147 126

BLWP8 180L ADP LP840 18714 147 127

BLWP8 180L ADP LP850 19101 147 130

BLWP8 200L ADP LP830 18563 156 119

BLWP8 200L ADP LP835 19314 156 124

BLWP8 200L ADP LP840 19537 156 125

BLWP8 200L ADP LP850 19941 156 128


BLWP8 40LHE ADP LP830 3953 30 133

BLWP8 40LHE ADP LP835 4113 30 139

BLWP8 40LHE ADP LP840 4160 30 140

BLWP8 40LHE ADP LP850 4246 30 143

BLWP8 60LHE ADP LP830 5942 46 128

BLWP8 60LHE ADP LP835 6183 46 133

BLWP8 60LHE ADP LP840 6254 46 135

BLWP8 60LHE ADP LP850 6383 46 137

BLWP8 80LHE ADP LP830 7820 59 132

BLWP8 80LHE ADP LP835 8136 59 137

BLWP8 80LHE ADP LP840 8230 59 139

BLWP8 80LHE ADP LP850 8400 59 142

BLWP8 100LHE ADP LP830 9723 74 132

BLWP8 100LHE ADP LP835 10117 74 138

BLWP8 100LHE ADP LP840 10233 74 139

BLWP8 100LHE ADP LP850 10445 74 142

BLWP8 140LHE ADP LP830 13491 104 129

BLWP8 140LHE ADP LP835 14037 104 135

BLWP8 140LHE ADP LP840 14198 104 136

BLWP8 140LHE ADP LP850 14492 104 139

BLWP8 180LHE ADP LP830 17245 130 133

BLWP8 180LHE ADP LP835 17943 130 138

BLWP8 180LHE ADP LP840 18150 130 140

BLWP8 180LHE ADP LP850 18525 130 143

BLWP8 200LHE ADP LP830 19587 144 136

BLWP8 200LHE ADP LP835 20380 144 141

BLWP8 200LHE ADP LP840 20615 144 143

BLWP8 200LHE ADP LP850 21041 144 146

Notes



llara

Polygon

Notes:


Page 1 of 12




















finish.














































Catalog

Number

Notes

Type

LED BLWP



commissioning.










TM

Specifications

2' Dimensions

Length: 24 (60.96)

Width: 5.50 (13.97)

Depth: 3.50 (8.89)

4' Dimensions

Length: 48 (121.92)

Width: 5.50 (13.97)

Depth: 3.50 (8.89)

8' Dimensions

Length: 96 (243.84)

Width: 5.50 (13.97)

Depth: 3.50 (8.89)

5.50

3.50

3.50



BLWP4 40L ADSM EZ1 LP840E10WLCP D1E

llara

Polygon

Notes:


Page 2 of 12

BLWP









8L 800 Lumens

20L 2000 Lumens

33L 3300 Lumens

40L 4000 Lumens

48L 4800 Lumens

15L 1500 Lumens

20L 2000 Lumens

30L 3000 Lumens

40L 4000 Lumens

48L 4800 Lumens

60L 6000 Lumens

72L 7200 Lumens

85L 8500 Lumens

100L 10000 Lumens

40L 4000 Lumens

60L 6000 Lumens

80L 8000 Lumens

100L 10000 Lumens

140L 14000 Lumens

180L 18000 Lumens

200L 20000 Lumens


8LHE 800 Lumens

20LHE 2000 Lumens

33LHE 3300 Lumens

40LHE 4000 Lumens

48LHE 4800 Lumens

15LHE 1500 Lumens

20LHE 2000 Lumens

30LHE 3000 Lumens

40LHE 4000 Lumens

48LHE 4800 Lumens

60LHE 6000 Lumens

72LHE 7200 Lumens

85LHE 8500 Lumens

100LHE 10000 Lumens

40LHE 4000 Lumens

60LHE 6000 Lumens

80LHE 8000 Lumens

100LHE 10000 Lumens

140LHE 14000 Lumens

180LHE 18000 Lumens

200LHE 20000 Lumens


ADSM Curved, smooth


SDSM Square, smooth








(blank) MVOLT

120 120V

277 277V

347 347V 3




LP830 82CRI, 3000K

LP835 82CRI, 3500K

LP840 82CRI, 4000K

LP850 82CRI, 5000K

LP930 90CRI, 3000K

LP935 90CRI, 3500K

LP940 90CRI, 4000K

LP950 90CRI, 5000K


nLight Wired






nLight Wireless



nLight Wired






nLight Wireless





Individual Control

























BLWP4 40L ADSM EZ1 LP840E10WLCPFULLERTON COLLEGE YR 6

PO# P0129866 D1E


40L 4000 Lumens

ADSM Curved, smooth

(blank) MVOLT

LP840 82CRI, 4000K

EZ1 eldoLED dims to 1% (0-10vdimming)

E10WLCP EM Self-Diagnosticgbattery pack, 10Wy pConstant Power, CECcompliant t 14

llara

Polygon

Notes:


Page 1 of 12




















finish.














































Catalog

Number

Notes

Type

LED BLWP



commissioning.










TM

Specifications

2' Dimensions

Length: 24 (60.96)

Width: 5.50 (13.97)

Depth: 3.50 (8.89)

4' Dimensions

Length: 48 (121.92)

Width: 5.50 (13.97)

Depth: 3.50 (8.89)

8' Dimensions

Length: 96 (243.84)

Width: 5.50 (13.97)

Depth: 3.50 (8.89)

5.50

3.50

3.50




D2

llara

Polygon

Notes:


Page 2 of 12

BLWP









8L 800 Lumens

20L 2000 Lumens

33L 3300 Lumens

40L 4000 Lumens

48L 4800 Lumens

15L 1500 Lumens

20L 2000 Lumens

30L 3000 Lumens

40L 4000 Lumens

48L 4800 Lumens

60L 6000 Lumens

72L 7200 Lumens

85L 8500 Lumens

100L 10000 Lumens

40L 4000 Lumens

60L 6000 Lumens

80L 8000 Lumens

100L 10000 Lumens

140L 14000 Lumens

180L 18000 Lumens

200L 20000 Lumens


8LHE 800 Lumens

20LHE 2000 Lumens

33LHE 3300 Lumens

40LHE 4000 Lumens

48LHE 4800 Lumens

15LHE 1500 Lumens

20LHE 2000 Lumens

30LHE 3000 Lumens

40LHE 4000 Lumens

48LHE 4800 Lumens

60LHE 6000 Lumens

72LHE 7200 Lumens

85LHE 8500 Lumens

100LHE 10000 Lumens

40LHE 4000 Lumens

60LHE 6000 Lumens

80LHE 8000 Lumens

100LHE 10000 Lumens

140LHE 14000 Lumens

180LHE 18000 Lumens

200LHE 20000 Lumens


ADSM Curved, smooth


SDSM Square, smooth








(blank) MVOLT

120 120V

277 277V

347 347V 3




LP830 82CRI, 3000K

LP835 82CRI, 3500K

LP840 82CRI, 4000K

LP850 82CRI, 5000K

LP930 90CRI, 3000K

LP935 90CRI, 3500K

LP940 90CRI, 4000K

LP950 90CRI, 5000K


nLight Wired






nLight Wireless



nLight Wired






nLight Wireless





Individual Control



























ADSM Curved, smooth

(blank) MVOLT

LP840 82CRI, 4000K

60L 6000 Lumens

GZ10 Generic dimsto 10% (0-10dimming))4

llara

Polygon

Notes:


Page 1 of 12




















finish.














































Catalog

Number

Notes

Type

LED BLWP



commissioning.










TM

Specifications

2' Dimensions

Length: 24 (60.96)

Width: 5.50 (13.97)

Depth: 3.50 (8.89)

4' Dimensions

Length: 48 (121.92)

Width: 5.50 (13.97)

Depth: 3.50 (8.89)

8' Dimensions

Length: 96 (243.84)

Width: 5.50 (13.97)

Depth: 3.50 (8.89)

5.50

3.50

3.50



BLWP4 60L ADSM EZ1 LP840E10WLCP D2E

llara

Polygon

Notes:


Page 2 of 12

BLWP









8L 800 Lumens

20L 2000 Lumens

33L 3300 Lumens

40L 4000 Lumens

48L 4800 Lumens

15L 1500 Lumens

20L 2000 Lumens

30L 3000 Lumens

40L 4000 Lumens

48L 4800 Lumens

60L 6000 Lumens

72L 7200 Lumens

85L 8500 Lumens

100L 10000 Lumens

40L 4000 Lumens

60L 6000 Lumens

80L 8000 Lumens

100L 10000 Lumens

140L 14000 Lumens

180L 18000 Lumens

200L 20000 Lumens


8LHE 800 Lumens

20LHE 2000 Lumens

33LHE 3300 Lumens

40LHE 4000 Lumens

48LHE 4800 Lumens

15LHE 1500 Lumens

20LHE 2000 Lumens

30LHE 3000 Lumens

40LHE 4000 Lumens

48LHE 4800 Lumens

60LHE 6000 Lumens

72LHE 7200 Lumens

85LHE 8500 Lumens

100LHE 10000 Lumens

40LHE 4000 Lumens

60LHE 6000 Lumens

80LHE 8000 Lumens

100LHE 10000 Lumens

140LHE 14000 Lumens

180LHE 18000 Lumens

200LHE 20000 Lumens


ADSM Curved, smooth


SDSM Square, smooth








(blank) MVOLT

120 120V

277 277V

347 347V 3




LP830 82CRI, 3000K

LP835 82CRI, 3500K

LP840 82CRI, 4000K

LP850 82CRI, 5000K

LP930 90CRI, 3000K

LP935 90CRI, 3500K

LP940 90CRI, 4000K

LP950 90CRI, 5000K


nLight Wired






nLight Wireless



nLight Wired






nLight Wireless





Individual Control

























BLWP4 60L ADSM EZ1 LP840E10WLCPFULLERTON COLLEGE YR 6

PO# P0129866 D2E


ADSM Curved, smooth

(blank) MVOLT

LP840 82CRI, 4000K

E10WLCP EM Self-Diagnosticgbattery pack, 10Wy pConstant Power, CECcompliant t 14

60L 6000 Lumens

EZ1 eldoLED dims to 1% (0-10v

llara

Polygon

Notes:


Page 1 of 12




















finish.














































Catalog

Number

Notes

Type

LED BLWP



commissioning.










TM

Specifications

2' Dimensions

Length: 24 (60.96)

Width: 5.50 (13.97)

Depth: 3.50 (8.89)

4' Dimensions

Length: 48 (121.92)

Width: 5.50 (13.97)

Depth: 3.50 (8.89)

8' Dimensions

Length: 96 (243.84)

Width: 5.50 (13.97)

Depth: 3.50 (8.89)

5.50

3.50

3.50




D3

llara

Polygon

Notes:


Page 2 of 12

BLWP









8L 800 Lumens

20L 2000 Lumens

33L 3300 Lumens

40L 4000 Lumens

48L 4800 Lumens

15L 1500 Lumens

20L 2000 Lumens

30L 3000 Lumens

40L 4000 Lumens

48L 4800 Lumens

60L 6000 Lumens

72L 7200 Lumens

85L 8500 Lumens

100L 10000 Lumens

40L 4000 Lumens

60L 6000 Lumens

80L 8000 Lumens

100L 10000 Lumens

140L 14000 Lumens

180L 18000 Lumens

200L 20000 Lumens


8LHE 800 Lumens

20LHE 2000 Lumens

33LHE 3300 Lumens

40LHE 4000 Lumens

48LHE 4800 Lumens

15LHE 1500 Lumens

20LHE 2000 Lumens

30LHE 3000 Lumens

40LHE 4000 Lumens

48LHE 4800 Lumens

60LHE 6000 Lumens

72LHE 7200 Lumens

85LHE 8500 Lumens

100LHE 10000 Lumens

40LHE 4000 Lumens

60LHE 6000 Lumens

80LHE 8000 Lumens

100LHE 10000 Lumens

140LHE 14000 Lumens

180LHE 18000 Lumens

200LHE 20000 Lumens


ADSM Curved, smooth


SDSM Square, smooth








(blank) MVOLT

120 120V

277 277V

347 347V 3




LP830 82CRI, 3000K

LP835 82CRI, 3500K

LP840 82CRI, 4000K

LP850 82CRI, 5000K

LP930 90CRI, 3000K

LP935 90CRI, 3500K

LP940 90CRI, 4000K

LP950 90CRI, 5000K


nLight Wired






nLight Wireless



nLight Wired






nLight Wireless





Individual Control


























ADSM Curved, smooth

(blank) MVOLT

LP840 82CRI, 4000K

GZ10 Generic dimsto 10% (0-10dimming))4

80L 8000 Lumens


llara

Polygon

BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS 26 00 10 - 01

2018 PROP 39 LIGHTING UPGRADE

SECTION 26 00 10 BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Provisions of Division 01 apply to this section.

B. This Section specifies the basic requirements for electrical installations and includes requirements common to more than one section of Division 26. It expands and supplements the requirements specified in sections of Division 1.

C. Definitions, guarantees, submittals, clean-up, "As-Builts" and all other applicable requirements of and Division 1 apply to the work of this section.

1.2 BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS

A. Quality Assurance: 1. Workers possessing the skills and experience obtained in performing work of similar scope and

complexity shall perform the Work of this Division. 2. Refer to other sections of the Specifications for other qualification requirements.

B. Drawings and Specifications Coordination: 1. For purposes of clearness and legibility, Drawings are essentially diagrammatic and the size and

location of equipment is indicated to scale whenever possible. Verify conditions, dimensions, indicated equipment sizes, and manufacturer’s data and information as necessary to install the Work of this Division. Coordinate location and layout with other Work.

2. Verify final locations for rough-ins with field measurements and with the requirements of the equipment to be connected.

3. Drawings indicate required size and points of termination of conduits, number and size of conductors, and diagrammatic routing of conduit. Install conduits with minimum number of bends to conform to structure, avoid obstructions, preserve headroom, keep openings and passageways clear, and comply with applicable code requirements.

4. Routing of conduits may be changed provided that the length of any conduit run is not increased more than 10 percent of length indicated on the Drawings.

5. Outlet locations shall be coordinated with architectural elements prior to start of construction. Locations indicated on the Drawings may be distorted for clarity.

6. Coordinate electrical equipment and materials installation with building components and the Work of other trades.

7. As much as practical, connect equipment for ease of disconnecting, with minimum of interference with other installations.

C. Terminology: 1. Signal Systems: Applies to clock, bell, fire alarm, annunciator, sound, public address, buzzer,

telephone, television, inter-communication, elevator access controls, lighting control systems and security systems.

2. Low Voltage: Applies to signal systems operating at 120 volts and less, and power systems operating at less than 600 volts. Medium voltage: Applies to power systems operating at more than 600 volts.

3. UL: Underwriter's Laboratories Inc, Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory (NRTL), or equal.

D. Regulations: Work shall comply with the requirements of authorities having jurisdiction and the California Electrical and Building Codes. Material shall conform to regulations of the National Board of Fire Underwriters for electrical wiring and apparatus. Materials shall be new and listed by UL, or another NRTL.

E. Structural Considerations for Conduit Routing: 1. Where conduits pass through or interfere with any structural member, or where notching, boring or

cutting of the structure is necessary, or where special openings are required through walls, floors,



footings, or other buildings elements, conform to ACI 3.8-11 Section 6.3 for conduits and pipes embedded in concrete and Section 2308.9.10 for notches and bored holes in wood; for steel, as detailed on the structural steel Shop Drawings.

F. Protection of Materials: 1. Protect materials and equipment from damage and provide adequate and proper storage facilities

during progress of the Work. Damaged materials and/or equipment shall be replaced.

G. Cleaning: 1. Exposed parts of Work shall be left in a neat, clean, usable condition. Finished painted surfaces

shall be unblemished and metal surfaces shall be polished. 2. Thoroughly clean parts of apparatus and equipment. Exposed parts to be painted shall be

thoroughly cleaned of cement, plaster, and other materials. Remove grease and oil spots with solvent. Such surfaces shall be wiped and corners and cracks scraped out. Exposed rough metal shall be smooth, free of sharp edges, carefully steel brushed to remove rust and other spots, and left in proper condition to receive finish painting.

3. Remove rubbish, debris, and waste materials and legally dispose of off the Project site.

1.3 WARRANTIES

A. Provide one year warranty on all work performed, unless noted otherwise in specific sections.

1.4 DISCREPANCIES

A. Where a conflict in requirements occurs between the specifications and drawings, or in the specifications or on the drawings, and a resolution is not obtained from the Engineer before the bidding date, the more expensive alternate will become the contractual requirement.

B. Omissions from the drawings or specifications or the misdescription of details of work which are manifestly necessary to carry out the intent of the drawings and specifications, or which are customarily performed, shall not relieve the Contractor from performing such omitted or misdescribed details of the work but they shall be performed as if fully and correctly set forth and described in the drawings and specifications.

C. The Contractor shall check all drawings furnished him immediately upon their receipt and shall promptly notify the Engineer of any discrepancies. Figures marked on drawings shall in general be followed in preference to scale measurements. Large scale drawings shall in general govern small scale drawings. The Contractor shall compare all drawings and verify the figures before laying out the work and will be responsible for any errors which might have been avoided thereby.

1.5 SUBMITTALS

A. Submit shop drawings, manufacturer's data certificates for equipment, materials and finish, and pertinent details for each system where specified in each individual section, and obtain approval before procurement, fabrication, or delivery of the items to the job site. Partial submittals are not acceptable and will be returned without review. Include the manufacturer's name, trade name, catalog model or number, nameplate data, size, layout dimensions, capacity, project specification and paragraph reference, applicable technical society publication references, and other information necessary to establish contract compliance of each item the Contractor proposes to furnish. Photographs of existing installations and data submitted in lieu of catalog data are not acceptable and will be returned without approval. Contractor shall be responsible for reviewing and certifying submittals as conforming to the drawings and specifications prior to submittal and shall verify conformance of equipment as delivered with final shop submittals, specifications and plans. Contractor shall report to Engineer any deviations prior to initiation of construction. Contractor is responsible for promptly reporting to Architect any news of late equipment delivery which is likely or certain to delay installation. 1. Submit shop drawings and product data grouped and referenced by the technical Section

numbers. Products must be highlighted on the product data sheets.



2. Submittal/shop drawing shall consist of cover sheet with specification number and the submitted products within the submittal shall be highlighted. Submittals shall be grouped per the related specification number.

3. Proposed Products List: Include Products as required by the individual section in this Division. 4. The Contractor shall be responsible for all equipment ordered and/or installed prior to receipt of

shop drawings returned from the Engineer bearing the electrical engineer's stamp of "reviewed". All corrections or modifications to the equipment as noted on the shop drawings shall be performed and equipment removed from the job site when required by the Engineer, without additional compensation.

5. Shop Drawings: Drawings shall be a minimum of 8.5 inches by 11 inches in size with a minimum scale of 1/8-inch per foot, except as specified otherwise. Include wiring diagrams and installation details of equipment indicating proposed location, layout and arrangement, control panels, accessories, piping, duct work, and other items that must be shown to assure a coordinated installation. In wiring diagrams, identify circuit terminals and indicate the internal wiring for each item of equipment and the interconnection between each item of equipment. Indicate adequate clearance for operation, maintenance, and replacement of operating equipment devices. If equipment is disapproved, revise drawings to show acceptable equipment and resubmit.

6. Manufacturer's Data: For each manufactured item, provide current manufacturer's descriptive literature of cataloged products, equipment drawings, diagrams, performance and characteristic curves if applicable, and catalog cuts.

7. Standard Compliance: When materials or equipment provided by the Contractor must conform to the standards of organizations such as American National Standards Institute (ANSI) or Underwriters' Laboratories (UL), submit proof of such conformance to the Engineer for approval. If an organization uses a label or listing to indicate compliance with a particular standard, the label or listing will be acceptable evidence, unless otherwise specified. In lieu of the label or listing, submit a certificate from an independent testing organization, which is competent to perform acceptance testing and is approved by the Engineer. The certificate shall state that the item has been tested in accordance with the specified organization's test methods and that the item conforms to the specified organization's standard.

8. Certified Test Reports: Before delivery of materials and equipment, certified copies of all test reports specified in individual sections shall be submitted for approval.

9. Certificates of Compliance or Conformance: Submit manufacturer's certifications as required on products, materials, finish, and equipment indicated in the technical sections. Certifications shall be documents prepared specifically for this contract. Pre-printed certifications and copies of previously submitted documents will not be acceptable. The manufacturer's certifications shall name the appropriate products, equipment, or materials and the publication specified as controlling the quality of that item. Certification shall not contain statements to imply that the item does not meet requirements specified, such as "as good as"; or "achieve the same end use and results as materials formulated in accordance with the referenced publications"; or "equal or exceed the service and performance of the specified material." Certifications shall simply state that the item conforms to the requirements specified. Manufacturer shall use Form 260010-A for equipment installation certification. Certificates shall be printed on the manufacturer's letterhead and shall be signed by the manufacturer's official authorized to sign certificates of compliance or conformance.

1.6 GUARANTEE

A. Except as may be specified under other sections in the Specifications, guarantee all equipment furnished under the Specifications for a period of one year from date of project acceptance against defective workmanship and material and improper installation. Upon notification of failure, correct deficiency immediately and without cost to the Owner.

B. Standard warranty of manufacturer shall apply for replacement of parts after expiration of the above period. Manufacturer shall furnish replacement parts to the Owner for their service agency as directed. Furnish manufacturer's warranties for all equipment furnished under this project.

1.7 MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS

A. Where installation procedures or any part thereof are required to be in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations, furnish printed copies of the recommendations prior to installation. Installation of the



item shall not proceed until recommendations are received. Failure to furnish recommendations shall be cause for rejection of the equipment or material.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED)

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

A. Advise the IOR before starting the Work of this Division.

B. Exposed conduits shall be painted to match the surfaces adjacent to installation.

C. Salvaged materials removed from buildings shall be removed from the Project site as required by the OAR.

D. Where existing structural walls are cored for new conduit runs, separation between cored holes shall be 3 inches edge to edge from new or existing holes, unless otherwise required by the Architect. All coring to be laid out and reviewed by Architect prior to drilling. Contractor to verify location of structural steel, rebar, stress cabling or similar prior to lay out.

E. Electrical equipment shall be braced and anchored per 2013 CBC CH 16A, Section 1616A.1.23 through 1616A.1.26 seismic requirements, or as otherwise indicated on the Drawings.

3.2 WORK RESPONSIBILITIES

A. The drawings indicate diagrammatically the desired locations or arrangement of conduit runs, outlets, equipment, etc., and are to be followed as closely as possible. Proper judgement must be exercised in executing the work so as to secure the best possible installation in the available space and to overcome local difficulties due to space limitations or interference with structural conditions. The contractor is responsible for the correct placing of his work and the proper location and connection of his work in relation to the work of other trades. Advise appropriate trade as to locations of access panels.

B. In the event changes in the indicated locations or arrangements are necessary, due to developed conditions in the building construction or rearrangement of furnishings or equipment, such changes shall be made without extra cost, providing the change is ordered before the conduit runs, etc. and work directly connected to same is installed and no extra materials are required.

C. Where equipment is furnished by others, verify dimensions and the correct locations of this equipment before proceeding with the roughing-in of connections.

D. All scaled and figured dimensions are approximate of typical equipment of the class indicated. Before proceeding with any work, carefully check and verify all dimensions, sizes, etc. with the shop drawings to see that the equipment will fit into the spaces provided without violation of applicable codes.

E. Should any changes to the work indicated on the drawings or described in the specifications be necessary in order to comply with the above requirements, notify the Engineer immediately and cease work on all parts of the contract which are affected until approval for any required modifications to the construction has been obtained from the Engineer.

F. Be responsible for any cooperative work which must be altered due to lack of proper supervision or failure to make proper provisions in time. Such changes shall be under direction of the Engineer and shall be made to his satisfaction.

G. Perform all work with competent and skilled personnel.

H. All work, including aesthetic as well as electrical and mechanical aspects of the work, shall be of the highest quality consistent with the best practices of the trade.



I. Replace or repair, without additional compensation, and any work which, in the opinion of the Engineer, does not comply with these requirements.

3.3 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL

A. Provide operation and maintenance manual of all equipment and lighting fixtures furnished on this project

3.4 POSTED OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS:

A. Furnish approved operating instructions for systems and equipment indicated in the technical sections for use by operation and maintenance personnel. The operating instructions shall include wiring diagrams, control diagrams, and control sequence for each principal system and equipment. Print or engrave operating instructions and frame under glass or in approved laminated plastic. Post instructions as directed. Attach or post operating instructions adjacent to each principal system and equipment including startup, proper adjustment, operating, lubrication, shutdown, safety precautions, procedure in the event of equipment failure, and other items of instruction as recommended by the manufacturer of each system or equipment. Provide weather-resistant materials or weatherproof enclosures for operating instructions exposed to the weather. Operating instructions shall not fade when exposed to sunlight and shall be secured to prevent easy removal or peeling.

3.5 MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS:

A. Where installation procedures or any part thereof are required to be in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations, furnish printed copies of the recommendations prior to installation. Installation of the item shall not proceed until recommendations are received. Failure to furnish recommendations shall be cause for rejection of the equipment or material.

3.6 DELIVERY STORAGE AND HANDLING

A. Deliver products to project site with proper identification, which shall include names, model numbers, types, grades, compliance labels, and similar information needed for District identification; all products and materials shall be adequately packaged and protected to prevent damage during shipment, storage, and handling.

B. Coordinate deliveries of electrical materials and equipment to minimize construction site congestion.

3.7 CUTTING AND PATCHING

A. Cutting and patching of electrical equipment, components, and materials shall include the removal and legal disposal of selected materials, components, and equipment.

B. Do not endanger or damage installed Work through procedures and processes of cutting and patching.

C. Repair or restore other work, or surfaces damaged as a result of the work performed under this contract.

3.8 CLEANUP

A. Remove rubbish, debris and waste materials and legally dispose off the Project site.

B. Remove equipment and implements of service, and leave entire work area neat and clean, to the satisfaction of the Owner Authorized Representative.



3.9 PROTECTION

A. Protect the Work of this section until Substantial Completion.

END OF SECTION 260010

ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION 26 00 60 - 01 2018 PROP 39 LIGHTING UPGRADE

SECTION 26 00 60 ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED SECTIONS

A. Section 311000 - Site Clearing.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT

A. Materials and equipment for patching and extending work: As specified in individual Sections.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION

A. Verify field measurements and circuiting arrangements are as shown on Drawings.

B. Demolition drawings are based on casual field observation and existing record documents. Report discrepancies to Engineer before disturbing existing installation.

C. Beginning of demolition means installer accepts existing conditions.

3.2 PREPARATION

A. Disconnect electrical systems in walls, floors, and ceilings scheduled for removal.

B. Coordinate electrical outages with the Campus. Contractor shall notify the Owner of any power outages a minimum of two weeks in advance, and shall only occur if approved by the Owner in writing.

C. Provide temporary wiring and connections to maintain existing systems in-service during construction. When work must be performed on energized equipment or circuits, use personnel experienced in such operations.

3.3 DEMOLITION AND EXTENSION OF EXISTING ELECTRICAL WORK.

A. Demolish and extend existing electrical work under provisions of this Section and as indicated on the drawings.

B. Remove, relocate, and extend existing installations to accommodate new construction.

C. Remove abandoned wiring to source of supply unless otherwise indicated.

D. Remove exposed abandoned conduit. Cut conduit flush with walls and floors, and patch surfaces.

E. Repair adjacent construction and finishes damaged during demolition and extension work.

F. Maintain access to existing electrical installations which remain active. Modify installation or provide access panel as appropriate.

ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION 26 00 60 - 02 2018 PROP 39 LIGHTING UPGRADE

G. Extend existing installations using materials and methods as specified in Section 260533, "Raceways and Boxes for Electrical Systems."

3.4 CLEANING AND REPAIR

A. Clean and repair existing materials and equipment which remain or are to be reused.


HAZARDOUS ELECTRICAL MATERIAL DEMOLITION 26 00 61 - 01 2018 PROP 39 LIGHTING UPGRADE

SECTION 26 00 61 HAZARDOUS ELECTRICAL MATERIAL DEMOLITION

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SECTION INCLUDES

A. The regulations listed below form a part of this specification to the extent that they are referenced. These regulations are referred to in this text by basic designation only. Contractor shall comply with all regulations therein, and those of any regulatory body with jurisdiction over the activities performed under this agreement: 1. United States Environmental Protection Agency Code of Federal Regulations, Title 40, Parts , 260 - 268, 761 Regulation of Hazardous Waste 2. United States Department of Transportation Code of Federal Regulations, Title 49, Parts 171, 172, 173, 178, 179 Transportation of Hazardous Waste 3. United States Occupational Health and Safety Administration Code of Federal Regulations, Title 29 General Industry, and Construction Industry Safety Orders 4. California Environmental Protection Agency Department of Toxic Substances Control California Code of Regulations, Title 22, Parts 66260 - 66268 Regulation of Hazardous Waste 5. California Health and Safety Code Section 25143.2 et. seq. Management of certain hazardous wastes as recyclable materials 6. California Department of Industrial Relations Division of Occupational Health and Safety California Code of Regulations, Title 8 General Industry, and Construction Industry Safety Orders

B. The university retains sole authority and discretion in classifying wastes as hazardous wastes,

non-RCRA hazardous wastes, or non-hazardous wastes, and directing all waste management and work practices thereto.

C. It is anticipated that during the course of this project Contractor will generate three hazardous

waste streams, specifically: 1. PCB-containing lamp ballasts. 2. Fluorescent/Sodium/Mercury lamps. 3. Other misc. lamps

D. Contractor shall presume that all fluorescent lamp ballasts contain PCBs, except for ballasts that

are labeled by the manufacturer as not containing PCBs. E. Contractor shall presume that all fluorescent lamps are hazardous waste. F. Some ballasts may have leaked potting material onto adjacent surfaces. Contractor shall

presume that all such potting material contains PCBs.

1.2 SUBMITTALS

A. Contractor shall provide Material Safety Data Sheets for all products used on this project to the University Project Manager at least 10 days prior to the start of work. Contractor shall not use any methylene chloride (Dichloromethane), other halogenated organic compound, or any substance containing these constituents for any purpose on this project.

1.3 REQUIRED PRACTICES


A. LAMP BALLASTS: 1. Contractor shall remove all ballasts from lamp fixtures that are to be removed or replaced

under this agreement 2. Contractor shall segregate all PCB ballasts from all Non-PCB ballasts. 3. Contractor shall dispose of all Non-PCB ballasts as municipal solid waste. 4. Contractor shall dispose of all PCB-containing ballasts as hazardous waste.

B. PCB-CONTAMINATED ITEMS 1. Contractor shall remove potting material contamination from all fixtures, articles, building

components, and other affected surfaces using a suitable solvent in conjunction with rags or other suitable tools. Potting material contamination shall also be removed from any and all construction debris prior to disposal of that debris.

2. Contractor is responsible for selecting an appropriate solvent for removing potting material contamination from surfaces.

3. Contractor is responsible for the safe and proper usage of this solvent. 4. Contractor shall accumulate and package solvent-laden waste separate from all other

waste streams. 5. Contractor shall dispose of PCB-contaminated solvent waste as hazardous waste.

C. FLUORESCENT LAMPS 1. Contractor shall remove all fluorescent lamps from lamp fixtures that are affected by this

agreement. 2. Contractor shall manage all fluorescent lamps, as hazardous waste; and shall recycle

these lamps only at the University-specified recycling facility. 3. Any fluorescent bulbs that are broken must be collected and placed in an appropriate UN-

rated drum to be disposed of as a hazardous mercury containing waste.

1.4 PACKAGINGS, LABELS, AND MARKINGS

A. Contractor is responsible for properly packaging all wastes for transportation. All hazardous wastes and non-RCRA hazardous wastes shall be packaged within appropriate UN-specification containers, bearing a UN mark, in accordance with 49 CFR Part 178, Subpart L.

B. Contractor is responsible for properly labeling and marking all waste shipping containers. C. Packages containing waste materials shall be stored only in the university-identified accumulation

area.

1.5 MANIFESTS

A. Contractor is responsible for providing complete, properly prepared hazardous waste manifests, non-hazardous waste manifests, and bills of lading.

B. Contractor is responsible for providing complete, properly prepared Land Disposal Notification

and Certifications. C. Each hazardous waste manifest shall be accompanied by a Land Disposal Notification and

Certification. D. Contractor shall complete manifests using the text listed below. Other information, specific to

each waste stream is also required. Since this information may vary, it is not listed here. It is the contractor’s responsibility determine this information, and to apply it properly when completing manifests.

Generator’s US EPA ID Number: CAD981414550 Generator’s Name and Mailing Address:


California State University, Long Beach; EHS 1250 Bellflower Blvd. MS-5702 Long Beach, CA 90840-5702 Generator’s Phone: (562)985-1761 Contact: Dylan Wood Special Handling Instructions and Additional Information:

Wear Proper Protective Equipment 24 Hour Emergency Contact: CSULB Police, (562)985-4101

[Additional Information, including ERG numbers, as required] State Generator’s ID: HAEF36009104

E. Only the following university employees are authorized to sign manifests, and to relinquish hazardous waste and/or non-RCRA hazardous waste for transportation. No other person may sign a manifest or relinquish waste on behalf of California State University, Long Beach:

Michael Kitahara (562)985-1761

Dylan Wood (562)985-1323

George Alfaro (562)985-2378

F. Contractor shall attempt to contact one of the above individuals, in the order listed, for manifest

signature of waste. This contact shall be made at least twenty-four hours prior to transportation of the waste, and shall involve a two-way dialog -- Voice mail messages will not be considered adequate notification and may result in delays in manifest signature and relinquishment of waste.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

Not Used.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 TRANSPORTATION

A. Contractor is responsible for transportation of all hazardous wastes, non-RCRA hazardous

wastes, non-hazardous wastes, and recyclable materials from the University to facilities specified by the University.

B. Contractor shall make all wastes available for inspection by university staff prior to transportation. C. Only waste that is properly packaged, marked, labeled, and identified, as determined by the

university, will be relinquished to Contractor for transportation. D. Hazardous wastes shall be transported only by EPA-registered Hazardous Waste Transporters.

E. A transporter must meet the following minimum insurance requirements before any waste is relinquished by the University:

Comprehensive or Commercial Form General Liability Insurance

$10,000,000. General Aggregate

$5,000,000. Each Occurance

Environmental Impairment (pollution) Liability Insurance

$10,000,000. General Aggregate

$5,000,000. Each Occurance

F. Hazardous wastes transporters must also have a current MCS-90 endorsement.


3.2 DISPOSAL

A. Contractor is responsible for the disposal of all wastes generated in the scope of this project. B. Contractor shall be responsible for securing waste acceptance, and any necessary samples and

profiles from each disposal facility. C. The PCB waste streams (PCB ballasts and PCB-contaminated items) shall be disposed of at:

Lighting Resources Inc. 1522 East Victory Street #4 Phoenix, AZ 85040 (602) 276-4278 EPA ID: AZD983476680

D. The lamp waste stream shall be disposed of at:

Lighting Resources Inc. 805 E. Francis Street Ontario, CA. 91761 (909) 923-7252 EPA ID: CAR000156125


GROUND AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 05 26 - 01 2018 PROP 39 LIGHTING UPGRADE

SECTION 26 05 26 GROUNDING AND BONDING

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Provide and install grounding system as indicated or required.

1.2 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

A. Metallic objects on the Project site that enclose electrical conductors, or that are likely to be energized by electrical currents, shall be effectively grounded.

B. Metal equipment parts, such as enclosures, raceways, and equipment grounding conductors, and earth grounding electrodes shall be solidly joined together into a continuous electrically conductive system.

C. Metallic systems shall be effectively bonded to the main grounding electrode system.

D. A separately derived AC source shall be grounded to the equipment grounding conductor, and to separate “made” electrode of building grounding electrode system.

E. Electrical continuity to ground metal raceways and enclosures, isolated from equipment ground by installation of non-metallic conduit or fittings, shall be provided by a green insulated grounding conductor of required size within each raceway connected to isolated metallic raceways, or enclosures at each end. Each flexible conduit over 6 feet in length shall be provided with a green insulated grounding conductor of required size.

F. Cold water, or other utility piping systems, shall not be utilized as grounding electrodes due to the installation of insulating couplings and non-metallic pipe in such installations. Grounding electrodes shall be “made” electrodes specified as follows: 1. A dedicated “made” electrode, fabricated of at least 20 feet of galvanized 1/2 inch diameter rebar

encased by at least 2 inches of concrete, and placed next to the bottom of a concrete foundation, or footing in direct contact with earth A welded extended portion shall surface at the location of the common grounding electrode bus bar and be extended by a 3/0 CAD welded bare copper cable, or be CAD welded directly to the bus. The CAD weld shall be at least 4 inches above finished floor in a dry location. The main grounding electrode and associated grounding conductors shall be in an enclosure and in conduit.

2. Grounding electrodes as specified hereafter in this section.

G. Non-current carrying metal parts of high-voltage equipment enclosures, signal and power conduits, switchboard and panelboard enclosures, motor frames, equipment cabinets, and metal frames of buildings shall be permanently and effectively grounded. Provide a CEC sized grounding conductor in every raceway.

H. Metallic or semi-conducting shields and lead sheaths of cables operating at high voltage, shall be permanently and effectively grounded at each splice and termination.

I. Neutral of service conductors shall be grounded as follows: 1. Neutral shall be grounded at only one point within the Project site for that particular service.

Preferable location of grounding point shall be at the service switchboard, or main switch. 2. Equipment and conduit grounding conductors shall be bonded to that grounding point. 3. If other buildings or structures on the Project site are served from a switchboard or panelboard in

another building, power supply is classified as a feeder and not as a service.

GROUND AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 05 26 - 02 2018 PROP 39 LIGHTING UPGRADE

1.3 SUBMITTALS

A. Provide in accordance with Division 01.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MATERIALS

A. No applicable.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION

A. Grounding electrodes shall provide a resistance to ground of not more than 25 ohms.

3.2 CLEANUP

A. Remove rubbish, debris, and waste materials and legally dispose of off the Project site.


RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 05 33 - 01 2018 PROP 39 LIGHTING UPGRADE

SECTION 26 05 33 RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

A. All wiring shall be installed in concealed conduit unless indicated otherwise in these specifications. Surface raceways shall be used in exposed locations in finished areas where conduits cannot be concealed. All surface installation will require College approval.

B. Separate conduit shall be used for the following wiring: 1. Emergency Power System Wiring.

C. Boxes shall include: 1. Boxes 2. Cabinets and Enclosures 3. Safety Switches

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MATERIALS

A. Rigid Steel Conduit: Provide standard weight steel that is hot-dipped galvanized, and sherardized both inside and out after threading, with threaded connectors and couplings. Electro galvanizing is not permitted. Intermediate Metal Conduit, IMC, will not be permitted.

B. Rigid Steel Conduit Fittings: Fitting shall be zinc coated, ferrous metal and threaded type in accordance with ANSI C80.4.

C. Electric Metallic Tubing (EMT): Provide tubing of high grade cold rolled steel electrically welded with exterior protective coating of hot galvanized zinc, applied by the electro galvanized process. Interior of surface coated with aluminum lacquer or enamel. Manufactured by Allied Tube and Conduit, Triangle, Republic, Torrance Tubing, Western, Wheatland or equal.

D. EMT Fittings: Fitting shall be watertight, gland ring compression type (no set screw type), wrench tightened connectors and coupling. Indenture and Die Cast will not be acceptable. Manufactured by O-Z Gedney, Raco, Appleton, or Steel City.

E. Aluminum Conduit: No aluminum conduits.

F. Flexible Steel Conduit: Provide conduit manufactured from single strip, standard weight steel hot-dipped galvanized on all four sides prior to conduit fabrication or aluminum strips.

G. Flexible Conduit Connectors and Couplings: Provide die cast fittings of the type that screw into the inside of the conduit with threaded edges at 90 degrees to the fitting body to insure a force fit. Binding screw type will not be acceptable. Manufactured by O-Z Gedney, T&B, Steel City or equal.

H. Flexible Liquidtight Steel Conduit: Liquid-tight conduit shall be manufactured from single strip standard weight steel, hot dipped galvanized on all four sides prior to conduit fabrication, and shall be provided with an extruded polyvinyl chloride cover. Liquidtight conduit and fittings shall provide positive ground continuity. Include a separate ground conductor for each circuit. Manufacturer "Sealtite Flexible" Type "UA," "Flex-Seal Type "XL," or equal.

I. Flexible Liquidtight Fittings: Fittings shall be malleable iron, zinc plated, with locknut and o ring seal and slim diameter with small turning radius. Manufactured by O-Z Gedney-4Q series, T&B- 5200 series or Appleton Flexible Fittings-ST series.


J. Rigid Plastic Conduit: Provide heavy wall, virgin polyvinyl chloride Schedule 40 and Schedule 80 with solvent welded joints, conforming to Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL 651) and ANSI C33.91 requirements, listed for exposed and direct burial application.

K. Rigid PVC Fittings: fittings and cement shall be provided by same manufacturer. All joint shall be solvent welded in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations.

L. No conduit shall be smaller than 3/4-inch unless noted otherwise.

M. Sleeves shall be zinc coated galvanized steel pipe or 16 gauge galvanized sheet metal.

N. Sealant: Fire rated equal to wall or ceiling penetrated. Silicon foam Dow-Corning #2001, 3M, "Pensil #851," or approved equal. Sealant compound for exterior wall shall be moisture-resistant material made by 3M, GE, Dow-Corning or equal.

O. Anchors not cast into concrete shall be expansion shield type, Phillips "Red Head," Hilti, or equal.

P. Conduit seals shall be Crouse-Hinds Type "EYS" or EZS," Appleton Type "ESUF" or "ESUM," or approved equal, with sealing compound as recommended by the manufacturer for hazardous or refrigerated areas.

Q. Expansion couplings shall be OZ Type "AX" or "DX," Crouse-Hinds Type "XJ" or "SD" or equal, complete with bonding jumper.

R. Conduit unions shall be "Erickson" couplings manufactured by Thomas and Betts, Type 4-Series manufactured by O-Z/Gedney or equal.

2.2 MINIMUM SIZE:

A. Metal Conduit: 3/4 inch except 1/2 inch may be used for switch legs

B. Non-metallic conduit: 1 inch.

2.3 RIGID STEEL CONDUIT AND FITTINGS:

A. Provide standard weight steel that is hot dipped galvanized including threads, with protective coating on inside and outside. Fittings shall be compression type steel insulated. Electrogalvanizing is not permitted.

2.4 ELECTRIC METALLIC TUBING (EMT) AND FITTINGS:

A. Provide tubing of high grade steel with exterior coating of zinc, applied by electrogalvanized process and enamel coating on inside. Fittings shall be watertight compression type, wrench tightened connectors and couplings.

2.5 FLEXIBLE STEEL CONDUIT AND FITTINGS:

A. Provide conduit formed from continuous length of spirally wound interlocked zinc-coated strip steel. Flexible aluminum and light weight steel conduit will not be permitted. Fittings shall be die cast type that screw into the inside of the conduit with threaded edges at 90 degrees to the fitting body to ensure a force fit. Maximum length shall be 6’.

2.6 FLEXIBLE LIQUID TIGHT STEEL CONDUIT AND FITTINGS:

A. Conduit shall be manufactured from single strip, flexible continuous interlocked, and double-wrapped steel;


galvanized inside and outside; and shall be provided with an extruded polyvinyl chloride cover. Fittings shall provide positive ground continuity. Maximum length shall be 6’.

2.7 CONDUIT SLEEVES:

A. Sleeves shall be zinc coated galvanized steel pipe or 18 gauge galvanized sheet steel.

2.8 RIGID PLASTIC CONDUIT AND FITTINGS:

A. Provide heavy wall, virgin polyvinyl chloride (PVC) schedule 40 with self extinguishing additive conforming to UL requirements.

2.9 OUTLET BOXES

A. Sheet Metal Outlet Boxes: ANSI/NEMA OS 1, galvanized steel. 1. Luminaire and Equipment Supporting Boxes: Rated for weight of equipment supported; include 1/2

inch male fixture studs where required.

B. Nonmetallic Outlet Boxes: ANSI/NEMA OS 2.

C. Cast Boxes: NEMA FB 1, Type FD, cast feralloy. Provide gasketed cover and threaded hubs by box manufacturer.

2.10 JUNCTION BOXES AND PULL BOXES: UL 50.

A. Provide pull and junction boxes of Code gauge steel sized as indicated or required. Provide 16 gauge steel minimum, unless otherwise noted. Indoor enclosures shall conform to NEMA ICS 6 for the Type 12, unless otherwise noted.

B. Size junction and pull boxes to not less than minimum Code requirements. Increase size above Code requirements where necessary to provide space for pulling, racking or splicing enclosed conductors, or where specified or indicated dimensions exceed Code requirements.

C. Fabricate sheet metal junction and pull boxes of galvanized, Code gauge, sheet steel. Include angle iron framing where required for rigidity. Boxes shall not deflect or deform visibly when covers are removed after conduit and conductors are installed, and any deflection occurring shall not prevent the easy installation and removal of cover attachment screws.

D. Do not use single covers for junction and pull boxes having cover length or width dimension exceeding three feet unless so specified, indicated, or approved. Sectionalize covers that exceed three feet in either dimension into two or more sections.

E. Equip metal junction and pull boxes exposed to weather (and not installed in or below grade) with raintight or weatherproof removable covers. Enclosures shall conform to NEMA ICS 6 for the Type 4, unless otherwise noted. Rain tight or weatherproof boxes shall be used threaded watertight hubs for top or side entry and may use knockout for bottom entry only. For exterior pull boxes, use a minimum of 14 gage galvanized G-90 grade sheet steel.

F. Use concrete junction and pull boxes for exterior underground conduit unless otherwise specified or indicated. Use steel plate or cast iron covers and rims in no traffic areas, and cast iron covers and rims designed for AASHTO Class H20 wheel loading wherever vehicular traffic will occur.

G. For interior junction and pull boxes located in concrete floors, and 24" square or smaller, use cast iron boxes with integral cast tapped conduit hubs, and having recessed cover flush in the box trim placing all elements of the face of the box flush in the plane of the surrounding floor. Equip boxes with watertight


covers where so indicated.

H. Equip surface sheet metal junction and pull boxes with covers aligning with the sides of the boxes and equip flush boxes with covers extending 3/4" all around the perimeter of the back box. Provide sufficient cover attachment screws to ensure that box covers will contact the surface of the box for the entire perimeter of the enclosure. Use galvanized or cadmium-plated screws, or brass screws to attach covers to boxes.

I. Use brass screws to attach junction and pull box covers to interior floor boxes or to boxes located where moisture may be present.

J. Acceptable manufacturers: 1. Sheet steel junction and pull boxes: Columbia Electric Co., .Hoffman Engineering Co., Pico Metal

Products Co. 2. Cast iron junction and pull boxes: O.Z. Electric Manufacturing Co., Alhambra Foundry Co., Ltd.,

Crouse Hinds Co. 3. Concrete junction and pull boxes: Brooks Products Inc., Quickset Co.

2.12 WIRE CONNECTORS AND TERMINALS: For use with copper conductors. UL 486A.

2.13 INSULATING TAPES: UL 510.

2.14 NAMEPLATES: Provide as specified in Section 260553, "Identification for Electrical Systems."

PART 3 – EXECUTION

3.1 CONDUIT

A. Size of conduit shall be as indicated on the drawings but not less than that required by California Electrical Code.

B. Rigid Steel Conduit:

1. Use permitted for following applications only: a. All outdoor locations including locations exposed to outside air. b. Feeders. c. Electrical and mechanical equipment rooms. d. Indoor exposed locations where subject to mechanical damage and installed within 8 feet

above finished floor. e. Recessed in concrete walls and columns. f. All other locations permitted by code.

C. Electric Metallic Tubing (EMT):

1. Use permitted for following applications only: a. For all sizes up to 4 inches maximum. b. In dry locations as in stud-wall partitions and in suspended ceiling spaces only. Do not use

outdoors.

D. Flexible Metal Conduit:

1. Use permitted for following applications only: a. Final connections to vibrating or noise-generating equipment including transformers. b. Final connections to light fixtures in lay-in type accessible ceiling construction.


E. Liquid Tight Flexible Conduit:

1. Use permitted for following applications only: a. For final connections to vibrating or noise-generating equipment in damp and wet locations

in mechanical rooms. b. For other power and control equipment requiring adjustments or removal for service in damp

and wet locations.

F. Rigid Plastic Conduit PVC Schedule 40:

1. Use permitted for underground wiring only. 2. Make all fittings in plastic conduit watertight with solvent-weld cement recommended by conduit

manufacturer and specifically manufactured for the purpose. Use a spring mandrel as required to assure full inside diameter at all bends.

3. Minimum size shall be 1 inch.

G. Conduit Placement:

1. Support conduits 1-inch and larger with pipe clamps either suspended from structural slabs with a rod at least 3/8 -inch diameter with adjustable pipe ring, or mounted on wall from channel supports. Attach to concrete with drilled anchors. Where two or more conduits 1-1/2-inch and larger are suspended from ceiling, use trapeze type hanger suspended from rods.

2. Where rigid metal conduits and electrical metallic tubing are supported from Building members, supports shall be installed as follows:

Conduit Sizes:

3/4" to 1-1/4" Within 18" of each outlet inclusive: and on either side of couplings and fittings and at a spacing not to exceed 8 feet;

1-1/2" and larger: Within 3 feet of each junction or pullbox and terminal cabinet and at a spacing not to exceed 8 feet.

3. When rigid conduits are supported form trapezes, the supports shall be spaced not more than 8 feet apart.

4. Conduit trapezes shall consist of suitable Unistrut or Kindorf fittings, or equal, in accordance with the manufacturer's printed recommendation.

H. Keep bends and offsets in conduit runs to an absolute minimum. Replace all deformed, flattened or kinked conduit, at Contractor's expense.

I. Ream the ends of all conduits. Conduits shall not be installed in the slab.

J. Install conduit seals on all conduit entering or leaving low temperature area (65 degrees fahrenheit or less) hazardous areas, refrigerated rooms and clean rooms.

K. Seal all conduit from exterior outlets at first interior junction box to prevent moisture from entering the building through the conduit.

L. All exposed conduits shall be installed parallel to and perpendicular to the building structure.

M. Vertical Supports: 1. Supports shall be provided in strict compliance with National Electrical Code.

N. Joints and Connections. Cut conduit squarely and ream ends to remove burrs. Close open ends of conduits, unless in a closed box or cabinet, with approved conduit caps or closures as soon as installed and keep closed until ready to pull in conductors.

O. Steel conduit must be clear from contact with building reinforcing steel or other conductors in the building. Each conduit should run no more than two 90 degree bends. If more than two 90 degree bends are


necessary, insert an accessible pull-box in the run. Terminate underground conduit inside the building, 2" above the floor below a backboard, or flush with the inside of a cabinet. Terminate overhead conduit 2 feet below floor slab, or flush with the inside of a cabinet.

P. Expansion Joints 1. Where embedded conduits cross building expansion or seismic joints, provide sliding conduit

expansion joints with bonding strap and clamps. 2. Where exposed conduits or conduits in furred spaces cross building expansion or seismic joints,

use offset flexible conduit or sliding conduit expansion joint.

Q. Terminate conduits of 1" size and larger with insulated bushings with grounding lugs where required, O.Z. Type Bldg., or equal (no known equal).

R. Penetration in Fire Rated Structures: Provide 3M or Dow Corning No. 3-6548, RTV Silicone form for making fire rated seals around penetrations through floors, walls, elevator shafts as minimum or mechanical fire stop fittings with UL listed fire rating or equal to wall or floor ratings, whichever is larger.

S. A separate conduit shall be installed for each homerun indicated on the Drawings.

T. Maintain minimum 6-inch clearance between conduit and piping. Maintain 12-inch clearance between conduit and heat sources such as flues, steampipes, hot water pipes, and heating appliances.

U. Tag all empty conduits at each accessible end with a permanent tag identifying the purpose of the conduit and the location of the other end. In wet, corrosive outdoor or underground locations, use brass, bronze, or copper 16 gauge tags or lead tags secured to conduit ends with #16 or larger galvanized wire. Inscribe on the tags, with steel punch dies, clear and complete identifying information.

V. Provide expansion and deflection fittings where two rigidly supported conduits may move in relation to each other at expansion joint crossings.

W. From each panel which is flush mounted in a wall, stub from top of the panel, a minimum of 4-3/4-inch conduits to the nearest ceiling space or other accessible location and cap for future use.

X. Conduits which are installed above dry type suspended ceilings shall not be secured to ceiling support wires. Support such conduit independent of ceiling suspension systems.

Y. Exposed conduit larger than 1 inch shall be suspended with pipe hangers. Hangers and racks shall be attached to concrete with insets, set at the time the concrete is poured, and to steel members with beam clamps or matching bolts.

Z. Conduit 1-inch and smaller, in metal and stud partitions, shall be tied to the furring channels with No. 12 gauge galvanized tie wire space not more than 5 feet apart. Conduits above metal channel lath and plaster ceilings for other services and lighting home runs shall be supported independently to the slab.

AA. Wherever conduits pass through concrete walls, suspended slabs or metal deck floors, furnish and install sleeves of ample size to permit installation of conduit. Sleeves shall be installed prior to pouring of concrete and shall have ends flush with the wall or extend 2 inches above floor surfaces. Verify location with the University's Representative.

BB. Except as otherwise indicated on the Drawings, bends in conduit 2 inches or larger shall have a radius of curvature of the inner edge, equal to not less than ten (10) times the internal diameter of the conduit. Any deviations from this radius shall be approved by the University's Representative. Wire or cable bends in junction or pull boxes shall be made with a long radius. Bends for 600-volt cable shall have a radius of not less than five (5) times the diameter of the cable. Nesting of conduits shall be made when two or more conduits are run in parallel. High voltage feeder conduit runs (above 600 volts), telephone and closed-circuit television conduit runs shall not have more than two 90-degree long radius bends. All other conduit runs (below 600 volts) shall not have more than three 90-degree long radius bends between pull boxes, junction boxes or terminal cabinets.

CC. Conduit shall not be run closer than 6 inches on the top of light fixtures and cable trays. Do not install


conduit on the sides of the cable tray or within 6 inches below the tray.

DD. All control apparatus, outlet boxes, junction and pull boxes, and other similar equipment shall be installed and maintained in accessible positions and locations.

EE. Conduits in furred spaces shall be routed to clear access openings.

FF. Holes for conduits through existing concrete walls or floors shall be made by the "core-drill" method. Core drilling time shall be coordinated with College Representative to avoid noise problem.

GG. Upon completing the installation of any run of conduit, the runs shall be tested to see that they are free from all obstructions and have a smooth interior. Each end of each conduit run shall be plugged with "pennies" and bushings and left plugged until ready to pull circuit wires.

HH. A 6-inch square by 2 foot deep concrete block with an embedded brass nameplate shall be installed over the ends of all spare conduits stubbed out of the Building, indicating the origin of the conduits. Verify location with University's Representative prior to rough-in.

II. Avoid installing conduits underneath the building.

JJ. Branch circuit conduits from the panelboard to the loads shall be installed on the same floor above the accessible ceiling.

KK. A green ground conductor shall be run in all conduits.

3.1 BOXES, OUTLETS AND SUPPORTS: Provide boxes in wiring or raceway systems wherever required for pulling of wires, making connections, and mounting of devices or fixtures. Boxes for metallic raceways shall be cast-metal, hub-type when located in wet locations, when surface mounted on outside of exterior surfaces, when installed exposed up to 7 feet above interior floors, when installed under raised floor or when installed in hazardous areas. Boxes in other areas shall be sheet steel. Each box shall have vol-ume required by NFPA 70 for number of conductors enclosed in the box. Provide gaskets for cast-metal boxes installed in wet locations.

3.2 JUNCTION AND PULL BOXES

A. Wherever possible use outlet boxes for junction and pull boxes.

B. Locate interior junction and pull boxes in machine rooms, equipment rooms, storage rooms, electrical rooms and similar utility spaces unless otherwise indicated or approved. Where junction or pull boxes must be used in finished areas, use flush boxes only equipped with prime finished sheet metal plates. Fasten plates to boxes with countersunk flat head screws. Provide plates with 3/4" trim all around.

C. Do not use sectionalized boxes except where indicated. Do not mix feeder and branch circuit conductors in a common pull or junction box.

D. Where more than one circuit passes through a common junction or pull box, tag conductors to indicate cir-cuit number and panel designation.



This page intentionally left blank.

IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 05 53 - 01


SECTION 26 05 53 INDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SECTION INCLUDES

A. Nameplates and labels.

B. Wire and cable markers.

1.2 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS

A. Conform to requirements of ANSI/NFPA 70.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 WIRE MARKERS

A. Description: Heat shrinkable, flame-retarded, crosslinked polyolefin wire marker. Wire tags shall have a dielectric strength of 500 V/mil minimum and a temperature range from -30°C to 105°C. Thermoplastic or wraparound tags are not acceptable. All tags shall be printed using a 9 or 24 pin dot matrix printer. Raychem ShrinkMark™, Brady Permasleeve or approved equal.

B. Legend: 1. Power and Lighting Circuits: Branch circuit or feeder number indicated on drawings.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 PREPARATION

A. Degrease and clean surfaces to receive nameplates and labels.

B. Coordinate installation of nameplates, markers and warning signs with the sequence of painting.

1. All receptacles and lighting switches.

3.3 WIRE MARKERS:

A. Provide markers for each conductor at panelboard gutters, pull boxes, junction boxes, outlet boxes, and each load connection.


IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 05 53 - 02


This page intentionally left blank.

LIGHTING CONTROL DEVICES 26 09 23 - 01 2018 PROP 39 LIGHTING UPGRADE

SECTION 26 09 23 LIGHTING CONTROL DEVICES

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes: 1. Standalone daylight-harvesting switching controls. 2. Daylight-harvesting dimming controls 3. Indoor occupancy sensors. 4. Outdoor motion sensors. 5. Emergency shunt relays.

B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 262726 "Wiring Devices" for wall-box dimmers, wall-switch occupancy sensors, and

manual light switches.

1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: For each type of product.

B. Shop Drawings: Show installation details for occupancy and light-level sensors. 1. Interconnection diagrams showing field-installed wiring. 2. Include diagrams for power, signal, and control wiring. Differentiate between manufacturer installed

and field installed wiring.

1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS

A. Coordination Drawings: Floor plans drawn to scale, on which the following items are shown and coordinated with each other, using input from installers of the items involved. 1. Location of occupancy sensors and relationships between adjacent architectural and structural

components and adjacent structural, electrical, and mechanical elements. Layout shall be prepared by the sensor manufacturer.

B. Field quality-control reports.

1.5 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS

A. Operation and Maintenance Data: For each type of lighting control device to include in emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals.


PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 TIME SWITCHES

A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products from the following manufacturer: 1. nLight, Acuity Brands Lighting, Inc.

2.2 DAYLIGHT-HARVESTING SWITCHING CONTROLS

A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products from the following manufacturers: 1. nLight, Acuity Brands Lighting, Inc.

B. Ceiling-Mounted Switching Controls: Solid-state, light-level sensor unit, with separate power pack mounted on luminaire, to detect changes in indoor lighting levels that are perceived by the eye.

C. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: 1. Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended

location and application. 2. Operating Ambient Conditions: Dry interior conditions, 32 to 120 deg F (0 to 49 deg C). 3. Sensor Output: Contacts rated to operate the associated power pack, complying with UL 773A.

Sensor is powered by the power pack. 4. Power Pack: Dry contacts rated for 20-A driver load at 120- and 277-V ac, for 1 hp at 120-V ac.

Sensor has 24-V dc, 150-mA, Class 2 power source, as defined by NFPA 70. 5. General Space Sensors Light-Level Monitoring Range: 10 to 200 fc (108 to 2152 lux), with an

adjustment for turn-on and turn-off levels within that range. 6. Atrium Space Sensors Light-Level Monitoring Range: 100 to 1000 fc (1080 to 10 800 lux), with an

adjustment for turn-on and turn-off levels within that range. 7. Skylight Sensors Light-Level Monitoring Range: 1000 to 10,000 fc (10 800 to 108 000 lux), with an

adjustment for turn-on and turn-off levels within that range. 8. Time Delay: Adjustable from 5 to 300 seconds to prevent cycling. 9. Set-Point Adjustment: Equip with deadband adjustment of 25, 50, and 75 percent above the "on"

set point, or provide with separate adjustable "on" and "off" set points. 10. Test Mode: User selectable, overriding programmed time delay to allow settings check. 11. Control Load Status: User selectable to confirm that load wiring is correct. 12. Indicator: Two digital displays to indicate the beginning of on-off cycles.

2.3 DAYLIGHT-HARVESTING DIMMING CONTROLS

A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products from the following manufacturers: 1. nLight, Acuity Brands Lighting, Inc.

B. System Description: Sensing daylight and electrical lighting levels, the system adjusts the indoor electrical lighting levels. As daylight increases, the lights are dimmed. 1. Lighting control set point is based on two lighting conditions:

a. When no daylight is present (target level). b. When significant daylight is present.

2. System programming is done with two hand-held, remote-control tools.

a. Initial setup tool. b. Tool for occupants to adjust the target levels by increasing the set point up to 25 percent, or

by minimizing the electric lighting level.


C. Ceiling-Mounted Dimming Controls: Solid-state, light-level sensor unit, with separate controller unit, to detect changes in lighting levels that are perceived by the eye. 1. Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended

location and application. 2. Sensor Output: 0- to 10-V dc to operate electronic dimming ballasts. Sensor is powered by

controller unit. 3. Power Pack: Sensor has 24-V dc, Class 2 power source, as defined by NFPA 70. 4. Light-Level Sensor Set-Point Adjustment Range: 20 to 60 fc (120 to 640 lux).

2.4 INDOOR OCCUPANCY SENSORS

A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following manufacturers: 1. nLight, Acuity Brands Lighting, Inc.

B. General Requirements for Sensors: Wall- or ceiling-mounted, solid-state indoor occupancy sensors with a separate power pack. 1. Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended

location and application. 2. Operation: Unless otherwise indicated, turn lights on when coverage area is occupied, and turn

them off when unoccupied; with a time delay for turning lights off, adjustable over a minimum range of 1 to 15 minutes.

3. Sensor Output: Contacts rated to operate the connected relay, complying with UL 773A. Sensor is powered from the power pack.

4. Power Pack: Dry contacts rated for 20-A ballast load at 120- and 277-V ac, for 13-A tungsten at 120-V ac, and for 1 hp at 120-V ac. Sensor has 24-V dc, 150-mA, Class 2 power source, as defined by NFPA 70.

5. Mounting:

a. Sensor: Suitable for mounting in any position on a standard outlet box. b. Relay: Externally mounted through a 1/2-inch (13-mm) knockout in a standard electrical

enclosure. c. Time-Delay and Sensitivity Adjustments: Recessed and concealed behind hinged door.

6. Indicator: Digital display, to show when motion is detected during testing and normal operation of sensor.

7. Bypass Switch: Override the "on" function in case of sensor failure. 8. Automatic Light-Level Sensor: Adjustable from 2 to 200 fc (21.5 to 2152 lux); turn lights off when

selected lighting level is present.

C. PIR Type: Ceiling mounted; detect occupants in coverage area by their heat and movement. 1. Detector Sensitivity: Detect occurrences of 6-inch- (150-mm-) minimum movement of any portion

of a human body that presents a target of not less than 36 sq. in. (232 sq. cm). 2. Detection Coverage (Room): Detect occupancy anywhere in a circular area of 1000 sq. ft. (93

sq. m) when mounted on a 96-inch- (2440-mm-) high ceiling. 3. Detection Coverage (Corridor): Detect occupancy within 90 feet (27.4 m) when mounted on a 10-

foot- (3-m-) high ceiling. 4. For applications where a second method of sensing is necessary to adequately detect maintained

occupancy (such as in rooms with obstructions), a sensor with an additional “dual” technology shall be used.

5. Detection Coverage (Small Room): Detect occupancy anywhere within a circular area of 600 sq. ft. (56 sq. m) when mounted on a 96-inch- (2440-mm-) high ceiling.

6. Detection Coverage (Standard Room): Detect occupancy anywhere within a circular area of 1000 sq. ft. (93 sq. m) when mounted on a 96-inch- (2440-mm-) high ceiling.

7. Detection Coverage (Large Room): Detect occupancy anywhere within a circular area of 2000 sq. ft. (186 sq. m) when mounted on a 96-inch- (2440-mm-) high ceiling.

8. Detection Coverage (Corridor): Detect occupancy anywhere within 90 feet (27.4 m) when mounted on a 10-foot- (3-m-) high ceiling in a corridor not wider than 14 feet (4.3 m).

9. Dual technology sensors shall have one of its two technologies not require motion to detect occupancy. Acceptable dual technology includes PIR / Microphonics (also known as Passive Dual Technology or PDT) which both looks for occupant motion and listens for sounds indicating


occupants. Sensors where both technologies detect motion (PIR / Ultrasonic) shall not be acceptable.

10. Sensitivity Adjustment: Separate for each sensing technology. 11. Detector Sensitivity: Detect occurrences of 6-inch- (150-mm-) minimum movement of any portion

of a human body that presents a target of not less than 36 sq. in. (232 sq. cm), and detect a person of average size and weight moving not less than 12 inches (305 mm) in either a horizontal or a vertical manner at an approximate speed of 12 inches/s (305 mm/s).

12. Detection Coverage (Standard Room): Detect occupancy anywhere within a circular area of 1000 sq. ft. (93 sq. m) when mounted on a 96-inch- (2440-mm-) high ceiling.

2.5 OUTDOOR MOTION SENSORS

A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following manufacturers: 1. nLight, Acuity Brands Lighting, Inc.

B. General Requirements for Sensors: Solid-state outdoor motion sensors. 1. Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended

location and application, and shall comply with California Title 24. 2. Dual-technology (PIR and infrared) type, weatherproof. Detect occurrences of 6-inch- (150-mm-)

minimum movement of any portion of a human body that presents a target of not less than 36 sq. in. (232 sq. cm). Comply with UL 773A.

3. Voltage: Match the circuit voltage type. 4. Detector Coverage:

a. Standard Range: 210-degree field of view, with a minimum coverage area of 900 sq. ft. (84 sq. m).

b. Long Range: 180-degree field of view and 110-foot (34-m) detection range.

5. Ambient-Light Override: Concealed, field-adjustable, light-level sensor from 10 to 150 fc (108 to 1600 lux). The switch prevents the lights from turning on when the light level is higher than the set point of the sensor.

6. Concealed, field-adjustable, "off" time-delay selector at up to 30 minutes. 7. Concealed "off" time-delay selector at 30 seconds, and 5, 10, and 20 minutes. 8. Adaptive Technology: Self-adjusting circuitry detects and memorizes usage patterns of the space

and help eliminate false "off" switching. 9. Operating Ambient Conditions: Suitable for operation in ambient temperatures ranging from minus

40 to plus 130 deg F (minus 40 to plus 54 deg C), rated as "raintight" according to UL 773A.

2.6 EMERGENCY SHUNT RELAY

A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, products by one of the following manufacturers: 1. nLight, Acuity Brands Lighting, Inc.

B. Description: Normally closed, electrically held relay, arranged for wiring in parallel with manual or automatic switching contacts; complying with UL 924. 1. Coil Rating: 120V.

2.7 CONDUCTORS AND CABLES

A. Power Wiring to Supply Side of Remote-Control Power Sources: Not smaller than No. 12 AWG. Comply with requirements in Section 260519 "Low-Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables."

B. Classes 2 and 3 Control Cable: Multiconductor cable with stranded-copper conductors not smaller than No. 18 AWG. Comply with requirements in Section 260519 "Low-Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables."


C. Class 1 Control Cable: Multiconductor cable with stranded-copper conductors not smaller than No. 14 AWG. Comply with requirements in Section 260519 "Low-Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables."

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 SENSOR INSTALLATION

A. Coordinate layout and installation of ceiling-mounted devices with other construction that penetrates ceilings or is supported by them, including light fixtures, HVAC equipment, smoke detectors, fire-suppression systems, and partition assemblies.

B. Install and aim sensors in locations to achieve not less than 90 percent coverage of areas indicated. Do not exceed coverage limits specified in manufacturer's written instructions.

3.2 CONTACTOR INSTALLATION

A. Mount electrically held lighting contactors with elastomeric isolator pads to eliminate structure-borne vibration, unless contactors are installed in an enclosure with factory-installed vibration isolators.

3.3 WIRING INSTALLATION

A. Wiring Method: Comply with Section 260519 "Low-Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables." Minimum conduit size is 1/2 inch (13 mm).

B. Wiring within Enclosures: Comply with NECA 1. Separate power-limited and nonpower-limited conductors according to conductor manufacturer's written instructions.

C. Size conductors according to lighting control device manufacturer's written instructions unless otherwise indicated.

D. Splices, Taps, and Terminations: Make connections only on numbered terminal strips in junction, pull, and outlet boxes; terminal cabinets; and equipment enclosures.

3.4 IDENTIFICATION

A. Identify components and power and control wiring according to Section 260553 "Identification for Electrical Systems." 1. Identify controlled circuits in lighting contactors. 2. Identify circuits or luminaires controlled by photoelectric and occupancy sensors at each sensor.

B. Label time switches and contactors with a unique designation.

3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

A. Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage a factory-authorized service representative to test and inspect components, assemblies, and equipment installations, including connections.

B. Perform the following tests and inspections with the assistance of a factory-authorized service representative: 1. Operational Test: After installing time switches and sensors, and after electrical circuitry has been

energized, start units to confirm proper unit operation.


2. Test and adjust controls and safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and equipment.

C. Lighting control devices will be considered defective if they do not pass tests and inspections.

D. Prepare test and inspection reports.

3.6 ADJUSTING

A. Occupancy Adjustments: When requested within 12 months from date of Substantial Completion, provide on-site assistance in adjusting sensors to suit actual occupied conditions. Provide up to two visits to Project during other-than-normal occupancy hours for this purpose. 1. For occupancy and motion sensors, verify operation at outer limits of detector range. Set time

delay to suit Owner's operations. 2. For daylighting controls, adjust set points and deadband controls to suit Owner's operations. 3. Align high-bay occupancy sensors using manufacturer's laser aiming tool.

3.7 DEMONSTRATION

A. Coordinate demonstration of products specified in this Section with demonstration requirements for low-voltage, programmable lighting control systems specified in Section 260943.13 "Addressable-Fixture Lighting Controls" and Section 260943.23 "Relay-Based Lighting Controls."

B. Engage a factory-authorized service representative to train owner's maintenance personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain lighting control devices. Training shall be held on site after the system, devices are completely functional. Date and time shall be selected at the convenience of the owner’s personnel.


WIRING DEVICES 26 27 26 - 01 2018 PROP 39 LIGHTING UPGRADE

SECTION 26 27 26 WIRING DEVICES

PART 1 - GENERAL


A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes: 1. Receptacles, receptacles with integral GFCI, and associated device plates. 2. Floor service outlets, poke-through assemblies, service poles, and multioutlet assemblies.

1.3 DEFINITIONS

A. EMI: Electromagnetic interference.

B. GFCI: Ground-fault circuit interrupter.

C. Pigtail: Short lead used to connect a device to a branch-circuit conductor.

D. RFI: Radio-frequency interference.

E. TVSS: Transient voltage surge suppressor.

F. UTP: Unshielded twisted pair.

1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS

A. Coordination: 1. Receptacles for Owner-Furnished Equipment: Match plug configurations. 2. Cord and Plug Sets: Match equipment requirements.

1.5 ACTION SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: For each type of product.

B. Shop Drawings: List of legends and description of materials and process used for premarking wall plates.

C. Samples: One for each type of device and wall plate specified, in each color specified.


A. Field quality-control reports.


1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS

A. Operation and Maintenance Data: For wiring devices to include in all manufacturers' packing-label warnings and instruction manuals that include labeling conditions.

1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS

A. Furnish extra materials that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents. 1. Service/Power Poles: One for every 10, but no fewer than one. 2. Floor Service-Outlet Assemblies: One for every 10, but no fewer than one. 3. Poke-Through, Fire-Rated Closure Plugs: One for every five floor service outlets installed, but no

fewer than two.

1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Source Limitations: Obtain each type of wiring device through one source from a single manufacturer. Switches, receptacles and cover plates shall be of the same manufacturer.

B. Comply with National Electrical Manufacturer’s Association (NEMA) standards. Furnish products listed and classified by Underwriter's Laboratories Inc. as suitable for purpose specified and shown.

C. Manufacturer shall have a minimum of ten (10) years experience in the production of wiring devices specified and shall have ISO 9001 and 9002 certifications.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MANUFACTURERS

A. Manufacturers' Names: Shortened versions (shown in parentheses) of the following manufacturers' names are used in other Part 2 articles: 1. Hubbell Incorporated; Wiring Device-Kellems (Hubbell). 2. Leviton Mfg. Company Inc. (Leviton). 3. Pass & Seymour/Legrand (Pass & Seymour).

B. Source Limitations: Obtain each type of wiring device and associated wall plate from single source from single manufacturer.

2.2 GENERAL WIRING-DEVICE REQUIREMENTS

A. Wiring Devices, Components, and Accessories: UL Listed and labeled / marked for intended location and application.

B. Comply with NFPA 70.

C. Devices that are manufactured for use with modular plug-in connectors may be substituted under the following conditions: 1. Connectors shall comply with UL 2459 and shall be made with stranding building wire. 2. Devices shall comply with the requirements in this Section.

http://www.specagent.com/LookUp/?ulid=2075&mf=04&src=wd

http://www.specagent.com/LookUp/?uid=123456818082&mf=04&src=wd




2.3 STRAIGHT-BLADE RECEPTACLES

A. Convenience Receptacles, 125 V, 20 A: Comply with NEMA WD 1, NEMA WD 6 Configuration 5-20R, UL 498, and FS W-C-596. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements provide one of the following manufacturers:

a. Hubbell; HBL5361 (single), HBL5362 (duplex). b. Leviton; 5361 (single), 5362 (duplex). c. Pass & Seymour; 5361 (single), 5362 (duplex).

2. Description: Grounded, industrial extra heavy duty specifications grade, back- and side-wired, single-piece grounding brass strap with integral ground, impact-resistant thermoplastic nylon cover and body, smooth face, 20A, 125V, duplex, with separate grounding screw and NEMA 5-20R plug configurations.

2.4 GFCI RECEPTACLES

A. General Description: 1. Straight blade, non-feed-through type. 2. Comply with NEMA WD 1, NEMA WD 6, UL 498, UL 943 Class A, and FS W-C-596. 3. Include indicator light that shows when the GFCI has malfunctioned and no longer provides proper

GFCI protection. 4. Include self-test feature so that the outlet is automatically tested every fifteen minutes.

B. Duplex GFCI Convenience Receptacles, 125 V, 20 A: 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following manufacturers:

a. Hubbell; GFR5352L. b. Pass & Seymour; 2095. c. Leviton; 7590.

2.5 WALL PLATES

A. Single and combination types shall match corresponding wiring devices. 1. Plate-Securing Screws: Metal with head color to match plate finish. 2. Material for Finished Spaces: Smooth, high-impact thermoplastic 0.035-inch- (1-mm-) thick, satin-

finished, Type 302 stainless steel. 3. Material for Unfinished Spaces: Smooth, high-impact thermoplastic. 4. Material for Damp Locations: Thermoplastic with spring-loaded lift cover, and listed and labeled for

use in wet and damp locations.

B. Wet-Location, Weatherproof Cover Plates: NEMA 250, complying with Type 3R, weather-resistant thermoplastic with lockable cover.

2.6 POKE-THROUGH ASSEMBLIES / FLOOR BOXES

A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following manufacturers: 1. Hubbell Incorporated; Wiring Device-Kellems. 2. Pass & Seymour/Legrand. 3. Square D/Schneider Electric. 4. Thomas & Betts Corporation. 5. Wiremold/Legrand.

B. Description: 1. Factory-fabricated and -wired assembly of below-floor junction box with multichanneled, through-

floor raceway/firestop unit and detachable matching floor service-outlet assembly. 2. Comply with UL 514 scrub water exclusion requirements.















3. Service-Outlet Assembly: Flush type with four simplex receptacles and space for four RJ-45 jacks complying with requirements in Section 271500 "Communications Horizontal Cabling."

4. Size: Selected to fit nominal cored holes in floor and matched to floor thickness, see plans for size. 5. Fire Rating: Unit is listed and labeled for fire rating of floor-ceiling assembly. 6. Closure Plug: Arranged to close unused cored openings and reestablish fire rating of floor. 7. Wiring Raceways and Compartments: For a minimum of four No. 12 AWG conductors and a

minimum of two, four-pair cables that comply with requirements in Section 271500 "Communications Horizontal Cabling."

2.7 PREFABRICATED MULTIOUTLET ASSEMBLIES

A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following manufacturers: 1. Hubbell Incorporated; Wiring Device-Kellems. 2. Wiremold/Legrand.

B. Description: 1. Two-piece surface metal raceway, with factory-wired multioutlet harness. 2. Components shall be products from single manufacturer designed for use as a complete, matching

assembly of raceways and receptacles.

C. Raceway Material: Metal, with manufacturer's standard finish.

D. Multioutlet Harness: 1. Receptacles: 15-A, 125-V, NEMA WD 6 Configuration 5-15R receptacles complying with

NEMA WD 1, UL 498, and FS W-C-596. 2. Receptacle Spacing: 6 inches (150 mm)]. 3. Wiring: No. 12 AWG stranded, Type THHN copper, two circuit, connecting alternating receptacles.

2.8 FINISHES

A. Device Color: 1. Wiring Devices Connected to Normal Power System: Ivory unless otherwise indicated or required

by NFPA 70 or device listing. 2. Wiring Devices Connected to Emergency Power System: Red.

B. Wall Plate Color: For plastic covers, match device color.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION

A. Comply with NECA 1, including mounting heights listed in that standard, unless otherwise indicated.

B. Coordination with Other Trades: 1. Protect installed devices and their boxes. Do not place wall finish materials over device boxes and

do not cut holes for boxes with routers that are guided by riding against outside of boxes. 2. Keep outlet boxes free of plaster, drywall joint compound, mortar, cement, concrete, dust, paint,

and other material that may contaminate the raceway system, conductors, and cables. 3. Install device boxes in brick or block walls so that the cover plate does not cross a joint unless the

joint is troweled flush with the face of the wall. 4. Install wiring devices after all wall preparation, including painting, is complete.

C. Conductors: 1. Do not strip insulation from conductors until right before they are spliced or terminated on devices.




2. Strip insulation evenly around the conductor using tools designed for the purpose. Avoid scoring cutting strands from stranded wire.

3. The length of free conductors at outlets for devices shall meet provisions of NFPA 70, Article 300, without pigtails.

4. Existing Conductors:

a. Cut back and pigtail, or replace all damaged conductors. b. Straighten conductors that remain and remove corrosion and foreign matter. c. Pigtailing existing conductors is permitted, provided the outlet box is large enough.

D. Device Installation: 1. Replace devices that have been in temporary use during construction and that were installed

before building finishing operations were complete. 2. Keep each wiring device in its package or otherwise protected until it is time to connect conductors. 3. Do not remove surface protection, such as plastic film and smudge covers, until the last possible

moment. 4. Connect devices to branch circuits using pigtails that are not less than 6 inches (152 mm) in length. 5. When there is a choice, use side wiring with binding-head screw terminals. Wrap stranded

conductor tightly clockwise, two-thirds to three-fourths of the way around terminal screw. 6. Use a torque screwdriver when a torque is recommended or required by manufacturer. 7. When conductors larger than No. 12 AWG are installed on 15- or 20-A circuits, splice No. 12 AWG

pigtails for device connections. 8. Tighten unused terminal screws on the device. 9. When mounting into metal boxes, remove the fiber or plastic washers used to hold device-mounting

screws in yokes, allowing metal-to-metal contact.

E. Receptacle Orientation: 1. Install ground pin of vertically mounted receptacles down, and on horizontally mounted receptacles

to the right.

F. Device Plates: Do not use oversized or extra-deep plates. Repair wall finishes and remount outlet boxes when standard device plates do not fit flush or do not cover rough wall opening.

G. Dimmers: 1. Install dimmers within terms of their listing. 2. Verify that dimmers used for fan speed control are listed for that application. 3. Install unshared neutral conductors on line and load side of dimmers according to manufacturers'

device listing conditions in the written instructions.

H. Arrangement of Devices: Unless otherwise indicated, mount flush, with long dimension vertical and with grounding terminal of receptacles on top. Group adjacent switches under single, multigang wall plates.

I. Adjust locations of floor service outlets and service poles to suit arrangement of partitions and furnishings.

3.2 GFCI RECEPTACLES

A. Install non-feed-through-type GFCI receptacles where protection of downstream receptacles is not required.

3.3 IDENTIFICATION

A. Comply with Section 260553 "Identification for Electrical Systems."

B. Identify each receptacle with panelboard identification and circuit number. Use hot, stamped, or engraved machine printing with black white-filled lettering on face of plate, and durable wire markers or tags inside outlet boxes.



A. Perform the following tests and inspections: 1. Test Instruments: Use instruments that comply with UL 1436. 2. Test Instrument for Convenience Receptacles: Digital wiring analyzer with digital readout or

illuminated digital-display indicators of measurement.

B. Tests for Convenience Receptacles: 1. Line Voltage: Acceptable range is 105 to 132 V. 2. Percent Voltage Drop under 15-A Load: A value of 6 percent or higher is unacceptable. 3. Ground Impedance: Values of up to 2 ohms are acceptable. 4. GFCI Trip: Test for tripping values specified in UL 1436 and UL 943. 5. Using the test plug, verify that the device and its outlet box are securely mounted. 6. Tests shall be diagnostic, indicating damaged conductors, high resistance at the circuit breaker,

poor connections, inadequate fault current path, defective devices, or similar problems. Correct circuit conditions, remove malfunctioning units and replace with new ones, and retest as specified above.

C. Wiring device will be considered defective if it does not pass tests and inspections.

D. Prepare test and inspection reports. Submit reports within two (2) weeks of completion of tests.


INTERIOR LIGHTING FIXTURES 26 51 00 - 01 2018 PROP 39 LIGHTING UPGRADE

SECTION 26 51 00 INTERIOR LIGHTING FIXTURES

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SECTIONS INCLUDED

A. LED Chips on PCB Boards

B. Drivers

C. New & Retrofit Fixtures

1.2 DESCRIPTION

A. Provide all lighting fixtures as described on the electrical narrative, and for certain fixtures specified in detail herein. Provide complete with all light sources, completely wired, controlled, and securely attached to supports. Support shall comply with local Codes and ordinances for securing against seismic forces.

B. Where both catalog number and narrative and/or pictorial description are indicated, the requirements of the description shall take precedence and prevail.

C. General Contractor shall provide electrical Contractor with entire lighting specification (including fixture catalog cuts and sketches); Electrical Contractor shall provide each specified manufacturer with complete information about the fixtures they will supply.

D. Type of fixtures shall be as indicated alphanumerically and as specified.

E. Fixture details shown may be modified by the manufacturer provided all of the following conditions have been met: 1. Fixture performance is equal or improved; 2. Structural, mechanical, electrical, safety and maintenance characteristics are equal or improved; 3. Cost to the Owner is unchanged or reduced; 4. Modifications have been reviewed by the Contractor’s Engineer and have been approved by the

Project Manager in writing.

F. Blemished, damaged or unsatisfactory fixtures shall be replaced in a satisfactory manner.


A. Drawings and General Provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

B. Section 265561 – DMX Controls

1.4 REFERENCE STANDARDS

A. National Energy Policy Act of 2005, Public Law No. 109-58.

B. IESNA LM-63 - ANSI Approved Standard File Format for Electronic Transfer of Photometric Data and Related Information; 2002.

C. NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code; National Fire Protection Association; latest version.


D. IESNA LM-79-08 IESNA - Approved Method for Electrical and Photometric Measurements of Solid-State Lighting Products; 2008

E. IESNA LM-80-08 IESNA - Approved Method for Measuring Lumen Maintenance of LED Light Sources

F. IESNA LM-84 – Approved method for measurement of luminous flux and color maintenance of LED lamps, integrated; LED lamps, non-integrated; LED light engines, and LED luminaires.

G. IESNA TM-21-2011 – Projecting Long Term Lumen Maintenance of LED Light Sources

H. IESNA TM-28 Approved standard method for projecting the measured data over longer lifetimes UL 8750 – Light Emitting Diode (LED) Equipment for Use in Lighting Products

I. UL 8750 – Light Emitting Diode (LED) Equipment for Use in Lighting Products

J. UL 924 - Standard for Emergency Lighting and Power Equipment

K. IEC/EN/UL/CSA 60950 - Safety of information technology equipment

L. OSHA 29CFR1910.7 – luminaires shall be listed by national recognized testing laboratory approved by United Stated Department of Labor, Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA)

M. EXECUTIVE ORDER 13693, (Net Zero Federal Mandates) Planning for Federal Sustainability in the Next Decade, issued March 19, 2015

1.5 DEFINITIONS

A. Correlated Color Temperature (CCT) - The temperature in units of kelvin of a blackbody whose chromaticity most nearly resembles that of the light source in question.

B. Candela (cd) - SI Unit of luminous intensity, equal to 1 lumen per steradian (lm/sr)

C. Chromacity - The property of color of light defined by the dominant or complementary wavelength and purity aspects of the color taken together

D. Color Rendering Index (CRI) - measure of the degree of color shift of reference objects when illuminated by the light source as compared to a reference source of comparable color temperature LER: Luminaire Efficacy Rating (delivered lumens/watt).

E. Delivered Lumens - Delivered lumens refers to the total light output from the fixture, whereas nominal lumens is a measure of the total light output of just the light engine or LED chip without consideration for loss from other factors such as drivers, circuit boards, lenses, or other losses that reduce the total fixture output

F. Efficacy - Luminous efficacy is a measure of how well a light source produces visible light. It is the ratio of luminous flux to power.

G. Foot Candle (fc) - Unit of illuminance, equal to 1 lm/ft2

H. L70 - The extrapolated life in hours of the luminaire when the luminous output depreciates from initial values.

I. LED - Light Emitting Diode

J. LER - Luminaire Efficacy Rating (delivered lumens/watt)

K. Lumen - Measured output of luminaire (Only Delivered Lumens of the fixture shall be provided)


L. Luminaire - Complete lighting fixture as an assembly, including LED chip and associated circuit boards, LED driver(s), lens, and integrated sensors and controls, if specified.

M. MacAdam - Shape on the CIE chromaticity diagram that illustrates how much one can “stray” from the target before perceiving a difference from the target color

N. 4-Step MacAdam - Color consistency refers to the average amount of variation in chromaticity among a batch of supposedly identical lamp samples. SDCM is an acronym, which stands for Standard Deviation Color Matching- sometimes known as a “MacAdam ellipse”. A MacAdam ellipse refers to an elliptical region centered at a target Color on a chromaticity diagram. The size of the MacAdam ellipse defines the threshold at which color difference becomes perceivable to the average human eye (between any color contained within the ellipse and the color at the center of the ellipse). The 4-Step MacAdams specification reflects a minimal color variation in color spectrum for the LED chips being specified

O. NEMA - National Electrical Manufacturers Association

P. NRTL - Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory

Q. NVLAP - National Voluntary Laboratory Accreditation Program - A program under the US DOE to accredit independent testing laboratories to qualify

R. Power Factor (PF) - Power Factor - The ratio of the real power component to the total (complex) power component.

S. Rated Power - Power consumption that the luminaire was designed and tested to achieve at specified temperatures.

T. RoHS - Compliance to restrict certain dangerous substances commonly used in electronic equipment, including Lead, Cadmium, Mercury and others.

U. Surge Protection Device (SPD) - Surge Protection Device - A subsystem or component(s) that can protect the unit against short duration voltage and current surges

V. Solid State Lighting (SSL)

W. Total Harmonic Distortion (THD) - The amount of higher frequency power on the power line

1.6 SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: For each type of new and retrofit fixture, arranged in order of fixture designation. Include data on features, accessories, finishes, and the following: 1. Physical description of lighting fixture including dimensions. 2. Energy-efficiency data including Fixture Efficacy (lumens/watt) of luminaire. 3. LM79 and LM 80 reports 4. Life, output (delivered lumens of fixture, CCT, and CRI), and energy-efficiency data for LEDs. 5. Testing Agency Certified Data: Photometric data shall be certified by a qualified independent

testing agency. 6. Manufacturer Certified Data: Photometric data shall be certified by a manufacturer's laboratory with

a current accreditation requirements of National Voluntary Laboratory Accreditation Program (NVLAP) for Energy Efficient Lighting Products and compliance with ISO/IEC 17025.

7. Evidence of Fixtures Listed with DesignLights Consortium (DLC). 8. Evidence of Fixtures Listed with Lighting Facts Labels available. 9. Shop Drawings: For nonstandard or custom lighting fixtures. Include plans, elevations, sections,

details, and attachments to other work. 10. Detail equipment assemblies and indicate dimensions, weights, loads, required clearances, method

of field assembly, components, and location and size of each field connection. 11. Wiring Diagrams: For power, signal, control, Ethernet and other required wiring. 12. Installation instructions.



A. Qualification Data: For qualified agencies providing photometric data for lighting fixtures.

B. Warranty: Sample of warranty.


A. Luminaire Photometric Data Testing Laboratory Qualifications: Provided by an independent agency, with the experience and capability to conduct the testing indicated, that is an NRTL as defined by OSHA in 29 CFR 1910, complying with the IESNA Lighting Measurements Testing & Calculation Guides.

B. New and/or Retrofit Fixture, Electrical Components, Devices, Accessories and Sensors & Controls and associated components: Listed and UL labeled and marked for intended location and application.

C. Comply with NFPA 70.

1.9 GENERAL LIGHTING REQUIREMENTS

A. Verify ceiling materials employed and coordinate fixtures to mount to the ceiling system used.

B. Provide support materials of all types necessary to secure lighting fixtures to the building structure.

1.10 FIXTURES

A. Fixtures shall be rated as suitable for both dry and damp locations.

B. LED Driver and power module, if needed, shall have poke-in wire trap connectors and quick release plug to disconnect fixture from line power.

C. LED Boards shall be provided to allow for ease of replacement.

D. LED Boards shall be manufactured and warrantied by fixture manufacturer.

1.11 FIXTURE SUPPORT AND INSTALLATION

A. Surface fixtures: 1. Do not mount fixtures directly on combustible material such as fiber acoustical tile unless

specifically approved for such use. Provide material required for complying with this code requirement. Install in perfect vertical and horizontal alignment.

B. Pendant fixtures: 1. Supports for suspended fixtures shall consist of code approved single stem hangers. Chain

hangers are not allowed unless approved by the Project Manager. 2. Stems for pendant fixtures shall have a swivel hanger and canopy at the ceiling. The method for

connecting stems to fixtures shall be of a type to allow a 45° fixture swing. Spacing between stems shall be the manufacturer's standard or shall be based on code requirements, whichever is the most stringent.

3. Individually mounted, suspended fixtures over 50" in length shall have a minimum of two supports per fixture. Supports shall be located near each fixture end and in the fixture center.

4. Suspended fixtures that are mounted in continuous rows shall have an additional stem hanger greater than number of fixtures in row.

5. Code approved wiring channel that is used to support suspended fixtures shall have hanger supports as per manufacturer's and/or code requirements, whichever is the more stringent. Maximum distance between hanger supports shall be 100".


6. Fastenings for suspended fixture supports that are attached to suspended ceilings shall consist of a minimum of two 3/8" machine screws fastened to metal straps or channels that are supported by the suspended ceiling supporting channels.

7. Fastenings for suspended fixture supports that are attached to concrete slab or concrete joist construction shall consist of a minimum of two 3/8" machine screws fastened to concrete inserts for each individual fixture support.

8. Provide canopies on stems fitting snugly to and covering outlet boxes and support devices 9. Provide lateral seismic bracing for fixtures per the requirements of the applicable Codes.

C. Recessed fixtures: 1. Equip recessed fixtures with approved attachments to junction boxes unless noted otherwise in the

fixture list. 2. Provide plaster frames, and other mounting material compatible with the ceiling and wall systems

employed. 3. Support recessed fixtures separately from ceiling system where ceiling members are not

structurally capable of supporting lighting fixtures, or where required by Code. Interconnect fixture bodies and ceiling system members to prevent independent movement where required by Code.

D. Supplemental support: 1. Include any supplemental support and framing material and fastenings necessary to support

lighting fixtures in the locations indicated. Attach this material onto the building structural members. All such materials and installations shall comply with code requirements.

2. Include any foundations required for the support of base mounted lighting fixtures. If the pedestals, poles, or standards supporting such fixtures exceed 10 feet in height, and no foundation details are included on the Contract Documents, provide details of proposed foundations for review by the Structural Engineer. If required by code, proposed foundation designs must be signed by a registered Structural Engineer.

1.12 BIDDING PROCEDURE FOR SUBSTITUTIONS

A. Bidders' attention is called to the following procedure to be followed in submitting their bids for the Lighting section of the Electrical Work:

B. Bidders wishing to obtain approval on selected brands shall submit their requests not later than fourteen (14) days before the bid opening. Approval will be in the form of an addendum to the specifications issued to all prospective bidders indicating that the additional brand or brands are approved as equal to those described as far as the requirements of the project are concerned. If the bidders do not elect to obtain prior approval during the time so specified, the owner has no obligation to review or consider any such article after the contract award.

C. If the bidder wishes to substitute fixtures from alternate manufacturers, refer to this section of the specifications. Note that the dimensions of visible parts of many fixtures are binding to the bidder and cannot be changed without prior approval by the Project Manager.

D. Request for approval shall be accompanied with the name and location of at least one completed project where each proposed substitute has been in operation for a period of at least six (6) months, as well as the names and addresses of the Owner, the Project Manager and the Engineer of record.

1.13 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

A. Store, protect, and handle products to site under provisions of Division 1 and 26.

B. Store in a clean, dry space. Maintain factory wrapping or provide an additional heavy canvas or heavy plastic cover to protect units from dirt, water, construction debris, and traffic.

C. Handle in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions.


1.14 WARRANTY

A. LEDs and drivers for LED fixtures shall be covered by a limited five-year warranty against defects in workmanship or material. Warranty shall not define any limitations or percentage of acceptable failure for any component thereby allowing the failure or any component to not be covered under the warranty. Any failure of any component(s) and/or sub-components shall be deemed a failure and subject to replacement of the failed component(s) and/or sub-components under the warranty.

B. Warranty shall be for the entire fixture and it associated components and shall not refer warranty of components to other manufacturers of components that make up the fixture.

C. Warranty shall not require labor or installation costs.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MANUFACTURERS 1. Approved Manufacturers: Provide products of firms engaged in the manufacture of LED lighting fixtures of

types and ratings required, whose products have been in satisfactory use in similar service with Warranty. The manufacturer of the lighting fixtures shall comply with the provisions of the appropriate codes and standards. All fixtures shall be pre-tested before shipping.

2. Conformance: Fixtures shall be manufactured in strict accordance with the Contract Drawings and Specifications.

3. Codes: Materials and installation shall be in accordance with the latest revision of the National Electrical Code and any applicable Federal, State, and local codes and regulations.

4. UL & Equivalent Listing: All fixtures shall be manufactured in strict accordance with the appropriate and current requirements of the “Standards for Safety" for UL 924 for Emergency Lighting, UL 1598/CSA C22.2, UL 8750 or others as they may be applicable. A listing shall be provided for each fixture type, and the appropriate label or labels shall be affixed to each fixture in a position concealing it from normal view.

5. Luminaire shall be DLC Certified (Design Lights Consortium). 6. Specifications and scale drawings are intended to convey the salient features, function and character of

the fixtures only, and do not undertake to illustrate or set forth every item or detail necessary for the work. 7. Base Bid Manufacturers: Are listed on fixture schedule and specification. Manufacturers listed without

accompanying catalog numbers are responsible for meeting the quality standards and photometric distribution (delivered lumens and/or average foot candles) set by the specified product.

8. Alternate Manufacturers: Identification by means of manufacturers names and catalog numbers is to establish basic features, quality and performance standards. Any substitutions must meet or exceed these standards

2.2 LUMINAIRES

A. Each luminaire shall consist of an assembly that utilizes LEDs as the light source. In addition, a complete luminaire shall consist of a housing, LED array, and electronic driver (power supply) and if specified integral sensors and controls per this specification.

B. Each luminaire shall be designed to operate at an average operating temperature of 25°C.

C. The operating temperature range shall be 0°C to +50°C.

D. Each luminaire shall meet all parameters of this specification throughout the minimum operational life of 50,000 hours when operated at the average operating temperature.

E. Luminaire Construction: 1. Luminaire housing to have no visible welding, screws, springs, hooks, rivets, bare LED’s or plastic

supports. 2. The luminaire shall be a single one-piece, self-contained device, not requiring on-site assembly of

exposed luminaire components for installation. The power supply and circuit board for the luminaire shall be integral to the unit and covered per code, but readily accessible.

3. Luminaires shall be fabricated from post assembly, powder coated aluminum.


4. Finish: Polyester powder coat painted with high-reflective paint, painted after fabrication of metal components.

5. The assembly and manufacturing process for the luminaire shall be designed to assure all internal components are adequately supported to withstand mechanical shock and vibration.

2.3 LED Sources

A. LED’s shall be manufactured by, Nichia, Samsung, LG or Osram or approved equal.

B. Lumen Output – minimum initial lumen output of the luminaire shall be as measured by IESNA Standard LM-79-08 in an accredited lab.

C. Lumen output shall not decrease by more than 8% over the minimum operational life of 50,000 hours.

D. LED Boards shall be suitable for field maintenance or service

E. Light Color / Quality- 1. Correlated Color temperature (CCT) range as per specification shall be 4000k correlated to

chromaticity as defined by the absolute (X,Y) coordinates on the 2-D CIE chromaticity chart. 2. The LED chips shall be within a 4-Step MacAdam Ellipse for color consistency. 3. The color rendering index (CRI) shall be 84 or greater. 4. Color shift over 6,000 hours shall be <0.007 change in u’ v’ as demonstrated in IES LM80 report.

2.4 LED DRIVER

A. LED Driver shall be suitable for full-range dimming. The luminaire shall be capable of continuous dimming without perceivable flicker over a range of 100% to 10% of rated lumen output with a smooth shut off function.

B. Driver disconnect shall be provided with a quick disconnect plug to line power.

C. The LED Driver enclosure shall be internal to the luminaire and be easily accessible.

D. Models shall be capable of operating across the full range from 90V through 305VAC.

E. Operating Temperature shall be within -40 - +70C.

F. Shall comply with requirements of FCC (Federal Communications Commission rules and regulations and Title 47 CFR Part 18, Non Consumer (Class A) for EMI/RFI (conducted and radiated). CE listing with related FCC test requirements included in CE certification shall be acceptable.

G. Power factor shall be greater than 0.90 at full light output.

2.5 ELECTRICAL

A. Power Consumption: Maximum power consumption, +/- 5% when operating between 120 – 277V shall be as defined on LM-79 reports for each fixture configuration.

B. Operation Voltage - The luminaire shall operate from a 50 or 60 HZ ±3 HZ AC line over a voltage ranging from 120 VAC to 277 VAC. The fluctuations of line voltage shall have no visible effect on the luminous output. The standard operating voltages are 120 VAC, 277 VAC.

C. Power Factor: The luminaire shall have a power factor of 90% or greater at all standard operating voltages and full luminaire output.


D. THD: Total harmonic distortion (current and voltage) induced into an AC power line by a luminaire shall not exceed 20 percent at any standard input voltage.

E. Surge Suppression: The luminaire shall include surge protection to withstand high repetition noise and other interference.

F. RF Interference: The luminaire and associated on-board circuitry must meet Class A emission limits referred in Federal Communications Commission (FCC) Title 47, Subpart B, Section 15 Non-Consumer requirements for EMI/RFI emissions.

G. All electrical components shall be RoHS compliant.

2.6 EMERGENCY BATTERY PACK

A. Where specified, fixtures shall be factory installed and provide 1400 lm of light output for 90 minutes.

2.7 PHOTOMETRIC REQUIREMENTS

A. Luminaire performance shall be tested as described herein.

1. Luminaire performance shall be judged against the specified minimum illuminance in the specified pattern for a particular application.

2. Luminaire lighting performance shall be adjusted (depreciated) for the minimum life expectancy.

3. The performance shall be adjusted (depreciated) by using the LED manufacturer’s data or the data from the IESNA Standard TM-21 test report, whichever one results in a higher level of lumen depreciation.

4. The luminaire may be determined to be compliant photometrically, if:

a. The initial minimum illuminance level is achieved in 100% of the area of the specified lighting pattern

5. The measurements shall be calibrated to standard photopic calibrations. 6. Add specific project requirements.

2.8 THERMAL MANAGEMENT

1. The thermal management (of the heat generated by the LEDs) shall be of sufficient capacity to assure proper operation of the luminaire over the expected useful life.

2. The LED manufacturer’s maximum junction temperature for the expected life shall not be exceeded at the average operating ambient.

3. The LED manufacturer’s maximum junction temperature for the catastrophic failure shall not be exceeded at the maximum operating ambient.

4. The luminaire shall have an UL IC rating.

5. The Driver manufacturer’s maximum case temperature shall not be exceeded at the maximum operating ambient. Thermal management shall be passive by design. The use of fans or other mechanical devices shall not be allowed.


2.9 OPTICS

A. The optical assembly shall provide distribution to provide uniform illumination in the space and increased luminance on vertical surfaces.

2.10 DIGITAL CONTROLS

A. Not applicable

2.11 LUMINAIRE IDENTIFICATION

A. Each luminaire shall have the manufacturer's name, trademark, model number, serial number, date of manufacture (month-year), and lot number as identification permanently marked inside the each unit.

B. The following operating characteristics shall be permanently marked inside each unit: rated voltage and rated power in Watts and Volt-Ampere.


A. The luminaires shall be manufactured in accordance with a manufacturer quality assurance (QA) program. The QA program shall include two types of quality assurance: (1) design quality assurance and (2) production quality assurance. The production quality assurance shall include statistically controlled routine tests to ensure minimum performance levels of the modules built to meet this specification.

B. QA process and test results documentation shall be kept on file for a minimum period of five years.

C. LED luminaire designs not satisfying design qualification testing and the production quality assurance testing performance requirements described below shall not be labeled, advertised, or sold as conforming to this specification.

2.13 DESIGN QUALIFICATION TESTING

A. Design Qualification Testing shall be performed by a National Voluntary Laboratory Accreditation Program (NVLAP) testing facility. Such testing may be performed by the manufacturer or an independent testing lab hired by the manufacturer on new luminaire designs, and when a major design change has been implemented on an existing design. A major design change is defined as a design change (electrical or physical) which changes any of the performance characteristics of the luminaire, results in a different circuit configuration for the power supply, or changes the layout of the individual LED's in the module.

B. A quantity of two units for each design shall be submitted for Design Qualification Testing.

C. Product submittals shall be accompanied by product specification sheets or other documentation that includes the designed parameters as detailed in this specification. These parameters include (but not limited to):

D. Maximum power in Watts

E. L80 in hours, when extrapolated for the worse case operating temperature. TM21 report shall be submitted to demonstrate this requirement.

F. Product submittals shall be accompanied by performance data that is derived in accordance with appropriate IESNA testing standards and tested in a laboratory that is NVLAP accredited for Energy Efficient Lighting Products.

G. Luminaire shall be tested per IESNA LM 79-08.


PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION

A. Examine substrate and supports for luminaires.

B. Examine each luminaire to determine suitability for locations specified, mounting requirements and seismic support requirements.

3.2 INSTALLATION:

A. Electrical installation shall conform to requirements of NFPA 70, NEC, state and local codes, and to requirements specified herein.

B. Provide a lighting fixture for each lighting location as indicated.

C. Provide complete fixtures, including diffusers, lenses, fitters, canopies, LEDs, reflectors, drivers, wiring, hangers and any accessories necessary to complete each fixture installation.

D. Provide spacers where required for surface-mounted fixtures mounted to low-density cellulose or similar ceiling materials.

E. Provide accessories as required for ceiling construction type indicated on Finish Schedule. Fixture catalog numbers do not necessarily denote specific mounting accessories for type of ceiling in which a fixture may be installed.

F. Provide details showing adequate and sturdy support for each lighting fixture. Identify weight and mounting method of all fixtures and furnish and install suitable supports. Fixture mounting assemblies shall comply with all local seismic requirements, codes and regulations.

G. Install rows of fixtures accurately on straight lines unless otherwise specified. Coordinate with mechanical work.

H. Install fixtures with vent holes free of air blocking obstacles.

I. Mask the trims and bottoms of all lighting fixtures if necessary to protect the fixture during construction.

J. All lighting fixtures recessed in a ceiling, which has a fire resistive rating of one hour or more shall be enclosed in a box which has a fire rating equal to that of the ceiling. The space from the fixture to the enclosure shall be a minimum of one inch.

K. At the completion of construction clean the bottoms, the trim, the reflecting surfaces, lenses, baffles, louvers and reflector cones of all lighting fixtures so as to render them free of any material, substance or film foreign to the fixture.

L. Ascertain and ensure that all LED boards are exactly as specified for each fixture type and location.

M. Provide labor and materials for final targeting of all adjustable fixtures under the Engineer's supervision. Targeting shall take place immediately before building is turned over to the owner, after regular working hours if required.

N. Replace all burned-out or inoperative LED modules and inoperative drivers in all fixtures before the project is accepted by the owner so that all lighting fixtures will be in operating condition.

3.3 FIXTURE LOCATIONS


A. Reflected Ceiling Plans, Fixture Schedule and other reference data shall be approved by the project Manager prior to ordering of fixtures.

1. Notify Project Manager about field conditions at variance with Contract Documents before placing order for lighting and/or controls and again prior to commencing installation.

2. Coordinate space conditions with other trades before ordering of fixtures.

3. Coordinate length of continuous-run fixtures with adjacent walls, partitions, coffers and other Architectural elements as required.

B. Prior to installing fixture outlets, examine the plans of other trades in order to conform to all of the following conditions:

1. Fixtures shall not conflict with the installation of doors, etc.

2. Locate fixtures symmetrical with tile and wall material patterns and room dimensions.

3. Fixture outlets shall be accessible and fixtures shall hang clear of ducts and piping. Verify exposed duct and piping locations prior to rough-in of electrical outlets. Adjust outlet locations to coordinate with ducts and piping.

4. Follow indicated mounting heights. Obtain missing heights, if any, from the Engineer.

3.4 EXPANSION SHIELD ANCHORS

A. Expansion shields may be used for supporting lighting fixtures instead of concrete inserts under the following conditions:

1. Fastenings and expansion shield anchors shall be one trade size larger than Specification requirements for fastenings used with concrete inserts.

2. Holes for expansion shield anchors, cinch anchors, etc., shall be self-drilled or drilled with carbide tipped, rotary type concrete drills. Do not drill holes with pneumatic or impact tools. Do not install fasteners in concrete by powder-actuated methods.

3. Drill holes for expansion shields carefully in a workmanlike manner. Drill to the full depth of the expansion shield anchor and in a manner that will develop the full strength of the fastening.

4. Do not drill into post or pre-tension slabs.

3.5 INTERFACE WITH OTHER PRODUCTS

A. Interface with air handling accessories furnished and installed under other sections.

3.6 CLEANING

A. Clean Work under provisions of Division 1.

B. Clean electrical parts to remove conductive and deleterious materials.

C. Remove dirt and debris from enclosure.

D. Clean photometric control surfaces as recommended by manufacturer.


E. Clean finishes and touch up damage.


A. Provide systems demonstration under provisions of Division 1.

B. Operate each luminaire after installation and connection. Inspect for proper connection and operation.


C:\Business\Projects\2018 - 2019\Utility Tunnel Repair\Bid Docs\Final Completion Certification sign off.doc

FINAL COMPLETION CERTIFICATION Project: ___________________________________ PW Project/Bid No. __________ ___

Architect/Engineer _______________ __

Contractor ____________________________ __

Substantial Completion Date per the Agreement and Change Orders: _______________________

Actual Date of Substantial Completion: ________________________ (to be completed by A/E or Campus)

Final Completion Date: __________________________________ (to be completed by A/E or Campus)

Final Contract Amount (original contract plus change orders): $________________

The work performed under this contract and any approved change orders have been reviewed and found to be substantially complete. The Date of Final Completion is also the date for commencement of applicable warranties required by the contract unless exempted in an attached list. With reference to the above-mentioned project, please be advised that the above Work has been:

Completed in accordance to the issued Project Specifications and Drawings All relevant inspections have been conducted That the above Work has reached the status of Final Completion

Accordingly, the above Work is certified as being suitable for use in accordance with the requirements of the Building Act of 1975. If there are any questions or concerns with the above-mentioned please feel free to contact Larry Lara at (714) 992-7025. ________________________________ ________________________________ _________ Owner: NOCCCD By: Richard Williams Date _______________________________ _________ Architect/Engineer: By: Date ________________________________ _________ Inspector of Record By: Date Director, Physical Plant/Maintenance Fullerton College By: Larry Lara Date ____________________________________ _________ Contractor By: Date

Original: to Contract File Copies to: Contractor, A/E, IOR, Campus, and District

NORTH ORANGE COUNTY COMMUNITY COLLEGE DISTRICT Facilities Planning & Construction 1830 W. Romneya Drive • Anaheim, CA 92801-1819 • Telephone (714) 808-4894 • FAX (714) 808-4888

Done? Task Due By Notes

Certification by Contractor

Insurance

Insurance Renewal

Consent of Surety

Conditional/Unconditional

Waivers

O&M Manuals/Warranties-

Record Drawings/ As-Builts-

vii: Record Drawings to be submitted

Guarantee-

Misc. Requirements by

Contract Docs

Reports

**IF REQUIRED:

-

Submission of the above documents is a condition for the .

Full payment of Contractor's final progress billing and retention is contingent upon submission of the above documents.

____________________________________________ Dated: ______________________

Larry Lara

xi: If required by the District, such other data establishing payment of

satisfaction of obligations such as receipts, releases, and waivers of liens,

stop notices, claims, security interest or encumbrances arising out of the

Contract to the extent and in such form as may be required by the

District

iv: Consent of the Surety on the Labor and Material Payment Bond and

Performance Bond, to Final Payment if required.v: Duly completed and executed forms of Conditional and Unconditional

Waivers and Releases of rights upon Final Payment of the Contractor,

Subcontractors, of any tier and Materials Suppliers in accordance with

California Civil Code S3262, with each of the same station that there are,

or will be, no claims for additional compensation after disbursement of the

Final Paymentvi: Operations and Maintenance Manuals and separate warranties provided

by any manufacturer or distributor of any materials or equipment

incorporated into the Work

viii: The form of Guarantee included in the Contract Documents duly

executed by an authorized representative of the Contractor.

x: The completion and submittal of all reports required by the Contract

Documents, including without limitation, verified reports required by

applicable provisions of the California Code of Regulations

Final Completion Sign-Off List

i: A certificate or affidavit by the Contractor that payrolls, bills for

materials, and other indebtedness incurred in connection with the Work

for which the District or the District's property may or might be

responsible or encumbered have been paid or otherwise satisfied

ii: A certificate that insurance required by the Contract Documents to

remain in force after the Contractor's receipt of Final Payment is currently

in effect.

Contractor: ____________________________________ (PW Project/Bid No. ________)

iii: A written statement that the Contractor knows no substantial reason

that the insurance will not be renewable to cover any period following

Final Payment as required by the Contract Documents

ix: Any and all other items or documents required by Contract

Documents, DSA-6, DVBE Final Statement

PLEASE PRINT THIS LETTER ON COMPANY LETTERHEAD

January 11, 2019 North Orange County Community College District 1830 W. Romneya Drive Anaheim, CA 92801 Attention: Jenney Ho, Director of Purchasing Re: (TYPE BID NO. AND PROJECT NAME HERE) Dear Ms. Ho: This letter will serve to certify that (TYPE NAME OF COMPANY HERE) knows no substantial reason that the insurance will not be renewed to cover any period following final payment as required by the Contract Documents. Sincerely, SIGNATURE OF AUTHORIZED STAFF HERE PRINTED NAME HERE

PLEASE PRINT THIS LETTER ON COMPANY LETTERHEAD

January 11, 2019 North Orange County Community College District 1830 W. Romneya Drive Anaheim, CA 92801 Attention: Jenney Ho, Director of Purchasing Re: (TYPE BID NO. AND PROJECT NAME HERE) Dear Ms. Ho: This letter will serve to certify that (TYPE COMPANY NAME HERE) has paid all payrolls pursuant to applicable prevailing wage rates, bills for materials, and other indebtedness in connection with the above referenced Project. Sincerely, SIGNATURE OF AUTHORIZED STAFF HERE PRINTED NAME HERE

CONSENT OF SURETYTO FINAL PAYMENTAlA Document G707

(Instructions on reverse side)

TO OWNER:(Name (lutl at/tlres.s)

PROJECT:(Name aud address)

OWNER

ARCHITECT

CONTRACTOR

SURETY

OTHER

ARCHITECT'S PROJECT NO,:

CONTRACT FOR:

CONTRACT DATED:

ooooo

In accordance with the provisions of the Contract between the Owner and the Contractor as indicated above, the(Insert IU/1Jl(! lintl address C?/.'·;urerl')

on bond of(Insert /lame (lnd address (lColl/rac/or)

, SURE'lY,

, CONTRACTOR,

hereby approves of the final payment to the Contractor, and agrees that final payment to the Contractor shall not relieve the Surety ofany of its ohligations to(Insert /lome ((1Id address (?lOu'JIer)

, OWNER,

as set forth in said Surety's bond,

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Surety has hereunto set its hand on this date:(Insert illlnilillg tbe mOlllhfiJ//Oll'(yl hy tbe 111lmeric dale aut/year)

(SII/'<'/}'I

(.'·;(f.!,J/tllllre f?laill/J()rized re/JreSeJllalit'(')

Attest:

(Seal):(Prillted lit/me ({ud litle)

CAUTION: You should sign an original AlA document that has this caution printed in red. Anoriginal assures that changes will not be obscured as may occur when documents are reproduced.See Instruction Sheet for Limited License for Reproduction of this document.

~ AlA DOCUMENT G707 • CONSENT OF SI'RE'tY TO FINAL PAYMENT· 1')91 EDITION· .AlA<D199~• TilE AMERICAN INSTITl TE OF ARCHITECTS, 17:1~NEW YORK AVENI'E, NW, WASil·

~~.~: INGTON, D,c. 20006·~292 • WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U,S. copy.~. riaht laws and will subiect the violator to leaal Drosecution. G707-1994

cbaldovino

Typewritten Text

THIS FORM MUST BE COMPLETED BY CONTRACTOR'S SURETY

PLEASE PRINT ON COMPANY LETTERHEAD

WARRANTY/GUARANTEE

FOR (SCOPE OF WORK HERE, I.E., SITE & STRUCTURAL) WORK

We, the undersigned, do hereby warranty and guarantee that the parts of the Work described above, which we have furnished and/or installed for:

TYPE NAME OF PROJECT HERE

was done in accordance with the Contract Documents and that all said Work as installed will fulfill or exceed all the Warranty and Guarantee requirements. We agree to repair or replace Work installed by us, together with any adjacent work that is displaced or damaged by so doing, that proves to be defective in workmanship, material, or operation within a period of ____(___) year from (STATE COMMENCEMENT DATE HERE), ordinary wear and tear and unusual abuse or neglect excepted. In the event of our failure to comply with the above mentioned conditions within a reasonable time period determined by the District, after notification in writing, we, the undersigned, all collectively and separately, hereby authorize the District to have said defective Work repaired and/or replaced and made good, and agree to pay to the District upon demand all moneys that the District may expend in making good said defective Work, including all collection cost and reasonable attorney’s fees. Date: _____________________ ____________________________________________________ (Subcontractor, Sub‐subcontractor, Manufacturer, or Supplier) By: _________________________________________________ Title: _______________________________________________ State License No.: _____________________________________ Local Representative For maintenance, repair, or replacement service, contact: Name: _______________________________________________________________________________ Address: _____________________________________________________________________________ Phone Number: _______________________________________________________________________

NOCCCD Contractor Guidelines 1 September 11, 2009 Reviewed July 22, 2014

NORTH ORANGE COUNTY COMMUNITY COLLEGE DISTRICT

CONTRACTOR GUIDELINES

North Orange County Community College District (District) is committed to maintaining a safe workplace. Contractors working on District property locations are expected to support these efforts and are therefore expected to conduct their work as safely and efficiently as possible. For purposes of the guidelines, Facilities Planning & Maintenance, and Physical Plant/Facilities will be referred to as Maintenance & Operations (M&O). All contractors must maintain active safety programs and are responsible for the training of their employees and all subcontractors. As deemed necessary, the campus M&O will request to review the necessary certification and training documentation. The intent of these guidelines is to enhance contractor’s safety programs for specific and unfamiliar hazards they may face on the District property. The guidelines are designed to assist the contractor, employees of the contractor or subcontractors in understanding the additional requirements intended to help ensure safety as well as the safety of District employees and students in the areas where work is conducted. Violation of these guidelines as well as the contractor safety guidelines may result in contractor/subcontractor personnel removal from the property, a request through the contractor for remedial action and possible termination of the contract. It is therefore in the best interest of the contractor to take time to review these guidelines and instruct their employees or subcontractor(s) to follow these guidelines accordingly. A. CONTRACTOR WORK GUIDELINES

1. All contractors and subcontractors shall have and maintain active safety programs in accordance with all applicable regulations. Contractors shall train all employees and subcontractors on their program and ensure compliance with that program in addition to District requirements. In the event of a conflict between the contractor’s safety program and that of the District, the stricter more conservative approach shall be followed.

2. Harassment & Discrimination – It is the District’s policy to maintain a working

environment free from all forms of sexual harassment or intimidation. All contractor personnel are expected to comply with this policy. Any form of harassment or discrimination of any individual will not be tolerated. This includes all actions that are explicitly or implicitly demeaning or intimidating to any individual and includes sexual harassment as well as discrimination or harassment due to race, color, national origin, religion, sexual preference, age or disability.

3. Parking - Contractors are expected to check-in with Campus Safety every day

prior to proceeding to the work location. A list of contractor personnel that will be


on-site for the day and their work location (e.g. building #) shall be provided. They will be directed to specific parking areas for the duration of the contract.

4. Clothing – Proper clothing must be worn while working on District premises.

Improper clothing includes tank tops, shorts, and sandals. Shirts must be worn at all times.

5. Access to Facilities – Contractors shall use designated entrances and exits and

respect all traffic regulations.

6. Keys – M&O is responsible for controlling keys to enter campus facilities. As necessary, a key will be provided to the contractor but will require the recipient to log in/out the key when obtained and when returned. The log will indicate the date, name of the contractor, facility to be accessed and date and time when the key is returned. If work is necessary during the evenings and on weekends, this should be indicated in the log. Contractors are required to ensure that the facility worked on is locked at the end of their workday.

7. Tools – Contractors are expected to provide their own tools.

8. Work Location – Contractor personnel are expected to confine their presence

within the confines of the work area. They should not wander to other areas unless authorized to do so.

9. Identification – Each contractor, their employees, and subcontractors shall carry

identification at all times that indicates the name of the firm they are representing. They shall be ready to show the ID to District personnel if requested to do so. It is required that the contractor conduct the necessary background check on their employees and subcontractors to ensure proper working conduct.

10. Contractor Employee Discipline – The contractor shall enforce strict discipline

and good order among contractor employees working on-site. The contractor shall not permit employment of unfit persons or persons not skilled in tasks assigned to them. They shall avoid any contact with students.

11. Meals and Breaks – Meals and breaks should be confined to designated areas.

Foods and beverages may not be brought in offices, labs, operating or storage areas. All food waste and related refuse must be disposed of in designated waste containers.

12. Smoking – Only when permitted, ensure that smoking is confined to areas away

from potential fire hazards. Fullerton College is a non-smoking campus.

13. Noise Control – Contractor shall install noise reducing devices on construction equipment. Contractor should comply with noise ordinance of the city and county having jurisdiction of the campuses. If, in the opinion of District staff, the noise is causing significant disturbances to classes, the contractor shall make the necessary arrangements to reduce the noise level at no additional cost to the District.


14. Dust Control – The contractor is responsible for maintaining all areas of the site and adjoining areas, outdoors and indoors, free from flying debris, grinding powder, sawdust, etc. that may become airborne and cause respiratory inconvenience particularly to students and District personnel. Such protection devices, systems or methods shall be in accordance with regulations set forth by the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA), the Occupational Safety & Health Act (OSHA) and other applicable regulations.

15. Clean-up – It is expected that any clean-up of the work completed prior to

campus acceptance will be the responsibility of the contractor unless contractually specified.

16. Storm Drains – Strict compliance with applicable ordinances is required.

B. CONTRACTOR SAFETY GUIDELINES

1. All contractor employees shall be familiar with, trained in, and abide by the requirements of the State, Federal, and Local Compliant Safety Program in addition to the requirements contained herein.

2. Contractor shall know and comply with Fed OSHA, Cal OSHA, National Fire

Protection Association (NFPA), and other related regulations.

3. Weapons – Weapons of all kinds are not permitted on the District premises including the parking lots without District clearance (e.g. contracted security).

4. Drugs & Alcohol – Possession, distribution, sale, or use of alcohol or any

controlled substances while on the District premises is prohibited.

5. Confined Space Entry – Entry into confined spaces shall be done using District contractor’s confined space entry program coordinated with the Manager of Maintenance & Operations or a designated agent by the District. There should be agreement on the procedures before entering confined spaces.

6. Protective Clothing and Gear – Proper Personal Protection Equipment (PPE)

should be worn at all times as necessary for the intended work. This includes hard hats, long pants, sleeved shirts, steel-toe shoes (no tennis shoes), correct respiratory protection (if applicable), gloves, goggles, and/or other PPE necessary for the task.

7. Chemicals and Hazardous Materials - A log with the Materials Safety Data

Sheet (MSDS) must be prepared for all chemicals/hazardous materials brought onto the District premises. As necessary, this list will be reviewed and approved by the District Manager, Environmental, Health and Safety (EH&S) prior to bringing these on campus. This list shall be present at the work-site at all times for quick reference. The contractor is expected to remove and properly dispose of all chemicals and hazardous materials which they bring on-site.

8. Hearing Protection – As necessary, the contractor shall provide hearing

protection for all employees or subcontractors. The contractor shall maintain a


hearing conservation program and copies should be made available to the District upon request.

9. Protective Barriers – If there is a possibility of danger to passers-by, warning

signs, roped-off areas or welding shields shall be used. For larger projects, construction fences properly secured for wind with cut-proof edges shall be used.

10. Vehicle Safety – Contractors shall follow the guidelines in this booklet for

vehicle and mobile equipment brought onto the District premises. Proper identification of the contractor should be visible on front windshields. Proper insurance certification and a list of authorized drivers shall be made available upon District’s request.

11. Fire Prevention Rules – The rules included in this handbook should be

followed by all the contractor employees and subcontractors. C. Fire Prevention Guidelines

1. Hot Work – All hot work (welding, cutting, grinding, etc.) requires a written approval issued by the campus M&O. All work shall be performed in accordance with the “Hot Work” section of these guidelines.

2. Good Housekeeping – Accumulation of combustibles (cardboard, scrap lumber,

paper, etc.) will not be permitted. Oil-soaked rags must be disposed of in the proper containers supplied by the contractor.

3. Acids and Flammable Liquids – All acids and flammable liquids used on campus

must be stored in approved storage containers provided by the contractor. These should be properly identified, clearly labeled, and approved by the Fire Department and District Manager, EH&S.

4. Open fires are not allowed.

5. All temporary wiring must have the approval of the campus M&O Director or

Manager.

6. Electrical Equipment – These must be installed properly and in accordance with the building and fire codes.

7. Campus Safety shall be notified:

Of any fire, smoke or suspected fire condition. If any fire protection equipment is temporarily removed or disabled on the

premises. Prior to closing or blocking any main passage ways, fire aisles, or campus

entrances or exits. Work that may affect the central fire alarm system in any way.

8. Campus M&O shall be notified:


Whenever a fire extinguisher is used or noted to be discharged and needs service.

In the event fire protection equipment is damaged. D. Hot Work Guidelines

1. A “Hot Work” written approval shall be obtained from M&O. A “Hot Work” permit will be issued by M&O indicating the duration (date and time) for the work to be completed. This permit shall be displayed prominently in the work location. Under no circumstance shall work be performed without obtaining the permit.

2. M&O will notify Campus Safety of this planned work. If work may trigger a

smoke alarm, Simplex should be notified to put the facility on a “test” mode. 3. Before starting the hot work, contractors, their employees and subcontractors

shall inspect the work areas and determine:

Floors are swept clean of combustibles. Combustible floors are wet down, covered with damp sand or fire resistive

sheets. Flammable liquids removed. If not removed, covered with fire-resistive

tarpaulins or metal shields. Explosive atmosphere must be tested with an approved four-gas meter in

the area for any flammable or combustible elements. All wall and floor openings covered.

4. Documented and trained fire watch personnel shall be present during work and

supplied with suitable fire extinguishers. 5. All hot work shall terminate no less than 30 minutes prior to quitting time or

breaks. The fire watch should remain 30 minutes after the end of the hot work to ensure that no fires result from smoldering sparks.

6. Upon completion, the permit must be returned to M&O signed by the supervisor-

in-charge and dated accordingly.

7. M&O will initiate a walk-through of the job just completed with the contractor supervisor and technician to inspect and accept the work just completed.

8. If the facility is placed on a “test mode” for fire-alarm concerns, Campus Safety

must be notified at the completion of work to advise Simplex to put the facility back on active status.

E. Vehicle and Mobile Equipment Guidelines

General

1. All vehicles must be operated safely. Use extreme caution at pedestrian aisles as pedestrians have the right of way. Reduce speed in areas where the ground is wet and slippery. Be prepared to stop at anytime.


2. Never operate a vehicle that is unsafe.

3. All operators of and passengers on mobile equipment must wear safety glasses

or other appropriate eye protection.

4. Drivers of forklifts or utility carts must be trained and possess a current certification.

5. Seat belts or harnesses shall be worn at all times when operating a forklift or any

vehicle with a safety cage.

6. Vehicles should not carry passengers in excess of seats provided. Personnel should drive or ride only when properly seated.

7. Vehicle operators and passengers must keep their arms and legs within the

running lines of the vehicle.

8. Vehicles and mobile equipment brought inside the campus must check-in everyday with Campus Safety. These vehicles must be maintained in a safe operating condition as required by Cal OSHA.

9. Transporting personnel in the bed of a pick-up truck shall not be permitted while

on District property.

10. All vehicles shall meet the California Transportation Code.

Lift Trucks

11. Industrial lift trucks loaded or with obstructed view must travel in reverse. A flag man should be used to assist.

12. No person other than the designated operator shall ride on an industrial lift truck.

13. Basket attachments on lift trucks must be properly secured to the vehicle and

are not used to transport personnel.

14. No one is allowed to stand or walk under any load while load is elevated by industrial lift truck.

Platform Lifts 15. Safety platforms must meet Cal OSHA requirements and should be on a

preventive maintenance program and routinely checked for safety and secured before elevating personnel. Rotator attachment must be disabled and operator must be on the lift vehicle at all times when platform is in use.

16. On equipment such as scissor lifts, which can be operated from the lift platform,

access shall be provided whereby personnel on the platform can shut off power to the truck.


17. If deemed necessary, bump caps or hard hats shall be required while operating

or working from lift platforms of any kind.

18. Safety harnesses and lanyards attached to the cage shall be worn at all times while operating or working from boom type lift platforms.

F. Working in a Confined Space If a project has been identified to include a scope requiring contractors to work in a confined space, they shall be adequately trained to identify, document, evaluate, and adhere to all confined space signage in the areas for which they are engaged to perform work. Contractors will be required to adhere to the District’s Confined Space Management Program and provide adequate training for their employees. Contractors who will work in a confined space shall:

1. Meet with the Manager of Campus M&O to discuss the specific confined space they are about to enter. The M&O Manager has all the relevant information on all critical components connected inside the confined space. M&O has been provided with the Confined Space Management Program developed by District Risk Management.

2. Provide proof of training provided by M&O and arranged by the contractor. A

copy of this document shall be provided to the M&O Manager. Training hours shall be included in the contract price.

3. Complete a pre-entry checklist for permit or non-permit required entry in a

confined space before entering. A copy of this checklist is available with M&O.

4. Be supplied with the necessary personal protection equipment (respirator, harness, hard hat, etc.) including an air monitoring meter and the necessary tools to complete the work inside the confined space (check with M&O if you do not have a meter available to you).

5. Have a permit issued by campus M&O for any “permit required” confined space

(M&O will decide if a permit is necessary). This requirement is necessary because the confined space:

Contains or has the potential to contain a hazardous atmosphere. Contains a material that has the potential for engulfing a worker. Has an internal configuration such that an entrant could be trapped or

asphyxiated by inwardly converging walls or by a floor which slopes downward and tapers to a smaller cross-section.

Contains any other recognized serious safety or health hazard.

6. Danger “Do Not Enter - Permit Confined Space” sign or other equally effective means should be used to designate a Permit-Required confined space (if contractor’s work creates a permit-required confined space such as welding in the tunnels, etc.). It is also advisable to secure these spaces in a manner such as enclosure, lock or fence to restrict access of unauthorized persons.


7. Be alert to hazardous atmospheric conditions (air monitoring meter is mandatory)

and behavioral problems of other entrants that may indicate medical stress, claustrophobia, or panic. If detected, you must exit the confined spaces as quickly as possible and obtain medical assistance. If you do not have a meter, check with M&O.

8. M&O shall be advised of any repairs conducted in the confined space area.

G. Ladder Safety and Fall Protection Awareness Ladder injuries that occur are usually quite serious. This is mainly caused by using improper equipment for the job. The following are steps that should be taken to avoid or at the very least minimize the possibility of injury:

1. Do not use chairs, stools, etc. that may cause the loss of balance. 2. Always use the correct ladder designed for a specific task.

3. Do not use defective ladders. These must be reported, tagged, and taken out of

service. If you find damage with the ladder, you should mark it clearly, report this to the supervisor, and take it out of service to avoid any future accidents.

4. Make sure that worker’s feet are in place and the side support rails are down and

in working order.

5. Never use metal ladders around any electrical jobs or for changing light bulbs. Use only fiberglass ladders.

6. Never stand on the top of two ladder rungs. This can easily cause the worker to

lose balance and fall.

7. Use the “Belt Buckle Rule”. Do not lean over a ladder past your belt buckle. Try to keep your buckle centered with the ladder.

8. When going up and down a ladder, always use both hands never climb a ladder

with something in one hand while holding on with the other. You should also:

Make sure that you face the ladder at all times. Make sure your shoes and the ladder rung are clean. Do not use makeshift ladders (chairs, boxes, etc.). Always check the ladder for broken rungs, bent legs, or any unsafe issues

with the ladder you are about to use. H. Handling Asbestos and Lead These guidelines apply only if the project to be worked on contains hazardous materials described below:


1. Asbestos is a mineral fiber commonly used for heat insulation. Airborne fibers have been determined to cause cancer and therefore, respiratory protection should be used. It is also necessary that correct respiratory training and medical clearance be conducted and documentation is required. Unless the contractor is a licensed Lead & Asbestos contractor, guidance from the District’s Lead & Asbestos consultant is necessary. No contractor shall disturb or remove any material described in this section. Contractors working with materials that may contain asbestos should be trained and certified for each of the four classes of work on asbestos containing materials, as follows:

Class I – activities involving the removal of Thermal System Insulation

(TSI), such as pipe and boiler insulation. Class II – activities involving the removal of Asbestos Containing

Materials (ACM) that is not a thermal system insulation or surfacing material.

Class III – Repair and maintenance operations where ACM, including TSI

and surfacing ACM and Presumed Asbestos Containing Material (PACM) is likely to be disturbed.

Class IV – Maintenance and custodial activities during which

contractors/employees contact but do not disturb ACM or PACM and activities to clean up dust, waste and debris resulting from Class I, II, & III activities.

Upon completion of the work, a status report shall be submitted to the campus M&O and the District Lead & Asbestos Consultant.

2. Lead is a soft heavy metal that is a good sound absorber and because of this, it

is used for noise insulation. It is also very resistant to corrosion and was used for paint, gasoline and storage batteries. The use of leads at present has been severely limited because of its toxic properties causing lingering effects on people’s health over time. It is therefore required that:

Contractor and subcontractor employees shall undergo the required

OSHA training (required under 29 CFR 1926.62) to be able to work in an environment where lead is present.

Proper personal protective equipment shall be used as well as proper

hygiene to control lead contamination or ingestion. Workers assigned to a task shall provide evidence of training. The

training provides workers with the knowledge of identifying the source of the lead, the health effects of lead exposure, and how to remediate the problem.

A status of the inspections and repair will be provided to Campus M&O

and the District Lead & Asbestos Consultant at the completion of the work.


I. Discharging Water The State Water Resources Control Board established strict requirements regarding water control at the construction site. It requires:

1. Obtaining a general permit if water is to be discharged from a construction site into a storm drain.

2. Contractors shall use a Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) that

specifies best management practices that will prevent all water pollutants from contacting storm water and with the intent of keeping all products of erosion from moving off site to receiving waters. The contractor shall ensure that no water is discharged into the street and into the storm drains without utilizing the proper SWPPP practice.

J. Controlling Fumes The Clean Air Task Force recently released their findings that gas and diesel fumes are responsible for a large number of mortality in the United States annually. Contractors should be aware and require their employees to minimize the emission of gas and diesel pollution when working close to buildings especially when classes are in session. The following should be observed:

1. Trucks and other motor vehicles should not run idle while waiting. 2. When possible, schedule the use of gas or diesel powered equipment during

hours when classes are not in session.

3. Proper air flow should be ensured when working inside or around buildings to avoid accumulation of fumes inside the building. Be mindful that the air handler intake vents bring fumes into the building. If necessary, commercial grade fans should be used for proper exhaust and ventilation.

K. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) 70E – Standard for Electrical

Safety in the Workplace Only certified electricians certified for a particular electrical work to be performed may work under a licensed electrical contractor. Contractor employees are expected to follow NFPA 70E that addresses the standards for electrical safety. The contractor is responsible for providing documentation of the NFPA 70E training to all their employees and subcontractors. In addition to the safety rules, contractor employees performing electrical work shall perform the following:

When disconnecting power, they must lock out the power source and check the absence of power. PPE and limited approach boundary barricades are required when performing this work. After confirming the absence of power from all sources the PPE requirement no longer applies.


Upon completion of the job and when power is to be restored, proper PPE and limited approach boundary barricades are required.

No work is allowed in any energized electrical panel without written

approval issued by the Director or Manager of M&O.

Pulling wires in existing wire ways containing energized conductors is not permitted.

L. Lock-Out /Tag-Out (LOTO) The LOTO guidelines ensures that a contractor performing any service or maintenance on machinery or equipment, where unexpected energizing, start-up or release of energy could occur and cause injury, the machinery or equipment will be rendered safe by being locked and tagged out. These guidelines are required under OSHA 29 CFR 1910.147, 1910.333 and 1926.417 relating to lock-out and tag-out to control hazardous energy sources.

All contractors, their employees, and subcontractors shall have their respective LOTO program along with certification and training documentation.

It is mandatory that contractors, their employees, and subcontractors

comply with the restrictions and limitations of their lock-out/tag-out program. This program, along with a work plan, shall be communicated to the campus M&O Department.

No individual shall attempt to start, energize, use or operate a piece of

equipment that has been locked-out and tagged-out after the safe condition check has been completed.

No individual other than the authorized employee who placed the device

and tag shall attempt to remove it.

All locks and keys shall be stored in the appropriate location with the exception of each authorized employees personal lock.

The personal lock-out and “Danger – Do Not Operate” tag signifies that

there is an authorized employee working on a component and was installed by that task’s authorized employee prior to starting the work and will be removed by that authorized employee when the work has been completed.

No one shall authorize another person to ignore or violate these

guidelines.

No person shall remove a lock-out device when an unsafe condition exists until they have corrected the condition or another person has installed a lock-out device.

A check valve cannot be used as an energy isolating device.


When electrical system grounds need to be applied they shall be the last

devices applied and the first devices removed in applying LOTO.

All contractor employees and subcontractors shall receive the appropriate level of training based on their LOTO duties. The contractor shall provide documentation upon District’s request.

NOTE: Contractors shall meet with campus M&O personnel and review campus LOTO and contractor LOTO. The work plan can then be outlined and agreed upon prior to the start of work. This meeting will help avoid accidental start-up and potential injury.

M. Emergency Situations

1. Injuries – All injuries requiring first aid or medical attention shall be reported to Campus Safety as soon as possible.

2. First Aid - Contractors and sub-contractors are responsible for having an

accident/medical action plans for their employees. In the event that assistance is needed, Campus Safety should be notified and may assist in providing first aid.

3. Serious Injury – In the event of a serious injury call 911 immediately as well as

Campus Safety to assist emergency personnel.

4. Spilled Blood/Bodily Fluids – Contact Campus Safety and M&O who, after calling for outside assistance (if necessary), will cordon off the area to prevent anyone from contacting bodily fluids until the appropriate assistance arrives. As necessary, M&O will also contact the District Manager, EH&S.

5. Fire Alarms – The campuses are equipped with a central fire alarm system.

Contractor, their employees and subcontractors along with building occupants are expected to vacate the building when the audible sound and strobe lights begin to flash. Campus Safety or a Floor Marshall will provide the evacuation procedure including the designated areas where all building occupants are expected to assemble.

FORM B PROPOSITION 39 FUNDING APPLICATION 5/3/2018

Year 1 Electricity Savings $13,645

Year 1 Gas Savings $0Year 1 Maintenance Savings $5,553Total Year 1 Savings $19,198

Total CPUC Project Cost $0Total Prop 39 Project Cost $277,649Estimated Utility Incentive $0

Total Prop 39 Funding Allocation $261,877

Grants/Additional Funding $0

Effective Application Cost $263,767

Electricity Savings (kWh/yr) 0

Demand Savings (kW) 0.0

Gas Savings (therms/yr) 0

104,960

43.0

0

CPUC Savings

Prop 39 Savings

Direct JobYears Created 1.55

First Year Apprentice Direct JobYears 0.04

NonEnergy Benefits $13,882

Estimated Completion Date 2/22/2019 Sq Ft 0Age 0No. of Floors 0Building TypeBuilding Name 400, 1400, LibraryTax ID 952394131

Utility Account Number(s) 3011382996

Application Name Year 5 Lighting Upgrade Addon Scope

Contact Email [email protected] Phone (714) 8084893Contact Name Richard D. Williams

District North Orange County Community College DistrictApplication No. NORANG1718002

APPLICATION SAVINGS AND COSTS

Application Benefits NPV $274,874

Net Cost to District $277,649

District Share of Cost (nonProp 39) $15,772

COSTS

COST SAVINGS

ENERGY SAVINGS

COST EFFECTIVENESS

APPLICATION SUMMARY

Scheduled Maintenance Funds Used

PROP 39 FUNDING

District SavingstoInvestment Ratio (SIR)

* Please note that these are project funds that have previously been allocated to the District. This is the amount of funds currently being transferred to projects on this application, either from other projects on this application OR from other projects on other applications. Please refer to the Prop 39 Project Funding Detail for further detail.

Funds Previously Allocated

Funds Transferred from Other Projects*

Funds Being Requested

20172018 $261,877TOTALS $261,877

1.33

Page 1 of 4 NORANG1718002


PROJECTS

ENERGY/ONPEAK DEMAND SAVINGS SUMMARY

Electricity Savings (kWh/yr)Demand Savings (kW)

Gas Savings (therms/yr)

00.00

CPUC HVAC Projects

PROJECT SUMMARY CPUC Lighting Projects

Prop 39 HVAC Projects

Prop 39 Lighting Projects104,960

43.00

Prepared QCSUBMITTAL Initial

NameJLM

Date5/2/2018

NameDA

Date5/3/2018

ID Campus Location EULProject Name LtgProp. 39 Cost

NPV

Estimated Utility

Incentive

Remaining Useful Life

of HVAC Project >5

Yrs?

CPUC Incentive Qualifying

Cost

Prop 39 Funding

Allocation

Grants or Add'l Funding

3rd Party

SIR$0 $274,874$277,649$0YYear 5 Lighting Upgrade Addon Scope 15400, 1400, LibraryFullerton College01 No $261,877 $0No 1.04

$0 $277,649Totals $0 $274,874$261,877 $0

CPUC Qualifying

Usage(kWh/yr)

Prop 39 Existing

Equipment Usage

(kWh/yr)

Installed Project Usage

(kWh/yr)

CPUC Qualifying Existing OnPeak Demand

(kW)

Prop 39 Existing

OnPeak Demand

(kW)

Installed OnPeak Demand

(kW)

CPUC Qualifying

Usage(th/yr)

Prop 39 Existing

Usage(th/yr)

Installed Project Usage(th/yr)

CPUC kWh Svgs

CPUC kW Svgs

CPUC th Svgs

Prop 39 kWh Svgs

Prop 39 kW

SvgsProp 39 th

SvgsID0 104,960 0 0.0 43.0 0.0 0 0 00 0.0 0104,960 43.0 001

0 104,960Total: 0.0 043.0 0Total: Total:



PROP 39 PROJECT FUNDING

ID 20132014 2017201820142015 20152016 20162017FISCAL YEAR

01 $261,877

Form B Funding SubreportPROP 39 PROJECT FUNDING DETAIL

Fiscal Year Allocation Date Requested NotesNORANG171800201

20172018 $261,877 5/2/18 Initial Project Funding JLM



PROJECT MILESTONES

ID

Project Opportunity Identified

Project Calcs and Funding Application

Submitted to Utility

Utilities Approve

Project for Incentives

Funding Request

Submitted to CCCCO/Funding

ApprovedImplementation

StartImplementation

CompleteCurrent Status Incentives Paid Closed Out01 4/30/2018 5/13/2018 5/25/2018 5/8/2018 8/6/2018 2/22/2019Committed 4/23/2019 5/23/2019

COMMENTS

By signing below, I hereby commit the Community College District identified above to implement the energy projects identified on the referenced Project Name and Number using Proposition 39 funding allocated for this purpose by the Chancellor's Office, and will comply with the CCC Proposition 39 Energy Project Guidelines and all legal requirements. Notify your utility account representative(s) promptly of any schedule changes.Signed:Name/Title:District:Date:


llara

Text Box

Larry Lara, Director, Physical Plant/Facilities

llara

Text Box

North Orange County Community College District

llara

Text Box

05/03/2018

llara

Pen

L

llara

Pen

L

llara

Pen

and

District Name:

Campus Name:

Project Name:

Company Name:

Under Contract With:

I CERTIFY THAT THE INFORMATION REPORTED ABOVE IS TRUE AND ACCURATE.

Signature: Title:

Print Name: Date:

Company:

Instructions: California Community College Districts are required to report, at the completion of each project utilizing Proposition 39

funds, the Full Time Equivalent (FTE) Direct Jobs that have been created in performing the work. The contractor is required to complete

this Job Creation Tracking Report as a condition of the contract with the district and submit it to the district as a part of the closeout

documents and as a condition for receiving final payment. Contractor to verify jobs reported with payroll applications.

Please fill in blue shaded areas below with the required information.

PROPOSITION 39 JOB CREATION TRACKING REPORT (Form J)

Contract Completion Report

TRAINEES AND APPRENTICES

FULL‐TIME EQUIVALENT EMPLOYEES

Description

Full Time Equivalent (FTE)On‐Site Hours

On‐Site Hours

Note: "Avg. No. of FTE Months" is defined as the average number of months of utilization of each employee or trainee/apprentice based on an 8 hour average

workday.

Full Time Equivalent (FTE) Avg. No. of FTE Months

Totals:

Totals:

1/11/2019

Contract Duration:

Contract:

Date:

Avg. No. of FTE MonthsDescription

Form J Job Creation.xlsx